Mercurial > emacs
annotate etc/NEWS @ 80810:cf94b00de5ef
*** empty log message ***
author | Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Sat, 28 Apr 2007 17:46:24 +0000 |
parents | d823156fd547 |
children | cf8ef82131e4 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
77134
87aa947227ad
Remove date at the top of the file, since it is almost always
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
77071
diff
changeset
|
1 GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. |
75774
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
2 |
75343
0259a1711394
Update copyright for years from Emacs 21 to present (mainly adding
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75187
diff
changeset
|
3 Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 |
59363
9120644ff426
(display-battery-mode): Rename from display-battery.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
59356
diff
changeset
|
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
75774
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5 See the end of the file for license conditions. |
25853 | 6 |
7 Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org. | |
71203
25fa0038a52d
Reorganize NEWS and ONEWS.* files into NEWS for current major version
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71123
diff
changeset
|
8 If possible, use M-x report-emacs-bug. |
25fa0038a52d
Reorganize NEWS and ONEWS.* files into NEWS for current major version
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71123
diff
changeset
|
9 |
74772 | 10 This file is about changes in Emacs version 22. |
71203
25fa0038a52d
Reorganize NEWS and ONEWS.* files into NEWS for current major version
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71123
diff
changeset
|
11 |
25fa0038a52d
Reorganize NEWS and ONEWS.* files into NEWS for current major version
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71123
diff
changeset
|
12 See files NEWS.21, NEWS.20, NEWS.19, NEWS.18, and NEWS.1-17 for changes |
74772 | 13 in older Emacs versions. |
71203
25fa0038a52d
Reorganize NEWS and ONEWS.* files into NEWS for current major version
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71123
diff
changeset
|
14 |
25fa0038a52d
Reorganize NEWS and ONEWS.* files into NEWS for current major version
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71123
diff
changeset
|
15 You can narrow news to a specific version by calling `view-emacs-news' |
25fa0038a52d
Reorganize NEWS and ONEWS.* files into NEWS for current major version
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71123
diff
changeset
|
16 with a prefix argument or by typing C-u C-h C-n. |
35577
db5649648a65
Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
35567
diff
changeset
|
17 |
76247
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
18 * About external Lisp packages |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
19 |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
20 When you upgrade to Emacs 22 from a previous version, some older |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
21 versions of external Lisp packages are known to behave badly. |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
22 So in general, it is recommended that you upgrade to the latest |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
23 versions of any external Lisp packages that you are using. |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
24 |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
25 You should also be aware that many Lisp packages have been included |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
26 with Emacs 22 (see the extensive list below), and you should remove |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
27 any older versions of these packages to ensure that the Emacs 22 |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
28 version is used. You can use M-x list-load-path-shadows to find such |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
29 older packages. |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
30 |
77138 | 31 Some specific packages that are known to cause problems are: |
76247
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
32 |
76251 | 33 ** Semantic (used by CEDET, ECB, JDEE): upgrade to latest version. |
77534
c2261af71ad7
Add link to python.el at emacswiki.org
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77476
diff
changeset
|
34 |
76248 | 35 ** cua.el, cua-mode.el: remove old versions. |
76247
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
36 |
77534
c2261af71ad7
Add link to python.el at emacswiki.org
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77476
diff
changeset
|
37 ** python-mode.el: Use python.el, available at |
c2261af71ad7
Add link to python.el at emacswiki.org
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77476
diff
changeset
|
38 http://www.emacswiki.org/cgi-bin/wiki/PythonMode |
c2261af71ad7
Add link to python.el at emacswiki.org
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77476
diff
changeset
|
39 |
76247
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
40 |
59996
aac0a33f5772
Change release version from 21.4 to 22.1 throughout.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59954
diff
changeset
|
41 * Installation Changes in Emacs 22.1 |
41099
eab977ad2163
Mention installation options --program-prefix, --program-suffix
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41091
diff
changeset
|
42 |
77419 | 43 ** You can build Emacs with Gtk+ widgets by specifying `--with-x-toolkit=gtk' |
44 when you run configure. This requires Gtk+ 2.4 or newer. This port | |
45 provides a way to display multilingual text in menus (with some caveats). | |
46 | |
71611
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
47 ** Emacs comes with a new set of icons. |
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
48 These icons are displayed on the taskbar and/or titlebar when Emacs |
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
49 runs in a graphical environment. Source files for these icons can be |
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
50 found in etc/images/icons. (You can't change the icons displayed by |
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
51 Emacs by changing these files directly. On X, the icon is compiled |
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
52 into the Emacs executable; see gnu.h in the source tree. On MS |
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
53 Windows, see nt/icons/emacs.ico.) |
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
54 |
48054
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
55 ** The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual is now part of the distribution. |
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
56 |
62043 | 57 The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual in Info format is built as part of the |
48054
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
58 Emacs build procedure and installed together with the Emacs User |
77137 | 59 Manual. A menu item was added to the menu bar to make it easily |
48054
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
60 accessible (Help->More Manuals->Emacs Lisp Reference). |
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
61 |
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
62 ** The Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp manual is now part of |
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
63 the distribution. |
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
64 |
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
65 This manual is now part of the standard distribution and is installed, |
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
66 together with the Emacs User Manual, into the Info directory. A menu |
77137 | 67 item was added to the menu bar to make it easily accessible |
48054
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
68 (Help->More Manuals->Introduction to Emacs Lisp). |
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
69 |
77419 | 70 ** Leim is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
71 You no longer need to download a separate tarball in order to build | |
72 Emacs with Leim. | |
73 | |
62043 | 74 ** New translations of the Emacs Tutorial are available in the |
62055 | 75 following languages: Brasilian Portuguese, Bulgarian, Chinese (both |
77325
8d870c88945e
Mention Russian tutorial and refcard translations.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77298
diff
changeset
|
76 with simplified and traditional characters), French, Russian, and |
8d870c88945e
Mention Russian tutorial and refcard translations.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77298
diff
changeset
|
77 Italian. Type `C-u C-h t' to choose one of them in case your language |
8d870c88945e
Mention Russian tutorial and refcard translations.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77298
diff
changeset
|
78 setup doesn't automatically select the right one. |
8d870c88945e
Mention Russian tutorial and refcard translations.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77298
diff
changeset
|
79 |
8d870c88945e
Mention Russian tutorial and refcard translations.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77298
diff
changeset
|
80 ** New translations of the Emacs reference card are available in the |
8d870c88945e
Mention Russian tutorial and refcard translations.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77298
diff
changeset
|
81 Brasilian Portuguese and Russian. The corresponding PostScript files |
8d870c88945e
Mention Russian tutorial and refcard translations.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77298
diff
changeset
|
82 are also included. |
70787
08e672918fea
Mention added Portugese refcard.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
70615
diff
changeset
|
83 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
84 ** A French translation of the `Emacs Survival Guide' is available. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
85 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
86 ** Emacs now includes support for loading image libraries on demand. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
87 (Currently this feature is only used on MS Windows.) You can configure |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
88 the supported image types and their associated dynamic libraries by |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
89 setting the variable `image-library-alist'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
90 |
77419 | 91 ** Support for GNU/Linux systems on X86-64 machines was added. |
41675 | 92 |
45195
8572b81e3c30
Document support for s390-linux-gnu.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
45119
diff
changeset
|
93 ** Support for GNU/Linux systems on S390 machines was added. |
8572b81e3c30
Document support for s390-linux-gnu.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
45119
diff
changeset
|
94 |
76274
045ca13893f7
*** empty log message ***
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
76251
diff
changeset
|
95 ** Support for GNU/Linux systems on Tensilica Xtensa machines was added. |
045ca13893f7
*** empty log message ***
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
76251
diff
changeset
|
96 |
77419 | 97 ** Support for FreeBSD/Alpha has been added. |
98 | |
99 ** Support for a Cygwin build of Emacs was added. | |
100 | |
44898
457be7d90d62
Document the MacOS X support.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
44876
diff
changeset
|
101 ** Support for MacOS X was added. |
457be7d90d62
Document the MacOS X support.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
44876
diff
changeset
|
102 See the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions. |
457be7d90d62
Document the MacOS X support.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
44876
diff
changeset
|
103 |
60393
ec79684bc4aa
Mention Carbon build on Mac OS 9.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
60299
diff
changeset
|
104 ** Mac OS 9 port now uses the Carbon API by default. You can also |
77138 | 105 create a non-Carbon build by specifying `NonCarbon' as a target. See |
60393
ec79684bc4aa
Mention Carbon build on Mac OS 9.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
60299
diff
changeset
|
106 the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions. |
ec79684bc4aa
Mention Carbon build on Mac OS 9.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
60299
diff
changeset
|
107 |
77419 | 108 ** The `emacsserver' program has been removed, replaced with Lisp code. |
109 | |
110 ** The `yow' program has been removed. | |
111 Use the corresponding Emacs feature instead. | |
112 | |
113 ** Emacs now supports new configure options `--program-prefix', | |
114 `--program-suffix' and `--program-transform-name' that affect the names of | |
115 installed programs. | |
116 | |
117 ** By default, Emacs now uses a setgid helper program to update game | |
118 scores. The directory ${localstatedir}/games/emacs is the normal | |
119 place for game scores to be stored. You can control this with the | |
120 configure option `--with-game-dir'. The specific user that Emacs uses | |
121 to own the game scores is controlled by `--with-game-user'. If access | |
122 to a game user is not available, then scores will be stored separately | |
123 in each user's home directory. | |
124 | |
125 ** Emacs can now be built without sound support. | |
126 | |
53656
f2b9a3d38bf2
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
53645
diff
changeset
|
127 ** Building with -DENABLE_CHECKING does not automatically build with union |
f2b9a3d38bf2
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
53645
diff
changeset
|
128 types any more. Add -DUSE_LISP_UNION_TYPE if you want union types. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
129 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
130 ** When pure storage overflows while dumping, Emacs now prints how |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
131 much pure storage it will approximately need. |
62896
63b25cade3fb
Mention emacs-buffer.gdb
Noah Friedman <friedman@splode.com>
parents:
62847
diff
changeset
|
132 |
63b25cade3fb
Mention emacs-buffer.gdb
Noah Friedman <friedman@splode.com>
parents:
62847
diff
changeset
|
133 ** The script etc/emacs-buffer.gdb can be used with gdb to retrieve the |
63b25cade3fb
Mention emacs-buffer.gdb
Noah Friedman <friedman@splode.com>
parents:
62847
diff
changeset
|
134 contents of buffers from a core dump and save them to files easily, should |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
135 Emacs crash. |
62896
63b25cade3fb
Mention emacs-buffer.gdb
Noah Friedman <friedman@splode.com>
parents:
62847
diff
changeset
|
136 |
66245
9bc5f3573af6
Document eterm to eterm-color renaming.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
66241
diff
changeset
|
137 ** The Emacs terminal emulation in term.el uses a different terminfo name. |
9bc5f3573af6
Document eterm to eterm-color renaming.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
66241
diff
changeset
|
138 The Emacs terminal emulation in term.el now uses "eterm-color" as its |
9bc5f3573af6
Document eterm to eterm-color renaming.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
66241
diff
changeset
|
139 terminfo name, since term.el now supports color. |
9bc5f3573af6
Document eterm to eterm-color renaming.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
66241
diff
changeset
|
140 |
66610
5e5764b98f3e
Source files are compressed by default.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
66599
diff
changeset
|
141 ** Emacs Lisp source files are compressed by default if `gzip' is available. |
5e5764b98f3e
Source files are compressed by default.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
66599
diff
changeset
|
142 |
71611
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
143 ** All images used in Emacs have been consolidated in etc/images and subdirs. |
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
144 See also the changes to `find-image', documented below. |
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
145 |
48054
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
146 |
62043 | 147 * Startup Changes in Emacs 22.1 |
48027
ad86b7acaeec
Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents:
48021
diff
changeset
|
148 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
149 ** New command line option -Q or --quick. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
150 This is like using -q --no-site-file, but in addition it also disables |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
151 the fancy startup screen. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
152 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
153 ** New command line option -D or --basic-display. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
154 Disables the menu-bar, the tool-bar, the scroll-bars, tool tips, and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
155 the blinking cursor. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
156 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
157 ** New command line option -nbc or --no-blinking-cursor disables |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
158 the blinking cursor on graphical terminals. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
159 |
62146 | 160 ** The option --script FILE runs Emacs in batch mode and loads FILE. |
161 It is useful for writing Emacs Lisp shell script files, because they | |
162 can start with this line: | |
163 | |
164 #!/usr/bin/emacs --script | |
165 | |
166 ** The option --directory DIR now modifies `load-path' immediately. | |
167 Directories are added to the front of `load-path' in the order they | |
168 appear on the command line. For example, with this command line: | |
169 | |
170 emacs -batch -L .. -L /tmp --eval "(require 'foo)" | |
171 | |
172 Emacs looks for library `foo' in the parent directory, then in /tmp, then | |
173 in the other directories in `load-path'. (-L is short for --directory.) | |
174 | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
175 ** The command line option --no-windows has been changed to |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
176 --no-window-system. The old one still works, but is deprecated. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
177 |
69553
2fc1b3ed4aec
Mention new behavior with unreachable $DISPLAY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69499
diff
changeset
|
178 ** If the environment variable DISPLAY specifies an unreachable X display, |
2fc1b3ed4aec
Mention new behavior with unreachable $DISPLAY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69499
diff
changeset
|
179 Emacs will now startup as if invoked with the --no-window-system option. |
2fc1b3ed4aec
Mention new behavior with unreachable $DISPLAY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69499
diff
changeset
|
180 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
181 ** The -f option, used from the command line to call a function, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
182 now reads arguments for the function interactively if it is |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
183 an interactively callable function. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
184 |
62187 | 185 ** When you specify a frame size with --geometry, the size applies to |
186 all frames you create. A position specified with --geometry only | |
187 affects the initial frame. | |
188 | |
72179
e043a6ddf637
Document the change in position policy on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
72140
diff
changeset
|
189 ** Emacs built for MS-Windows now behaves like Emacs on X does, |
77138 | 190 with respect to its frame position: if you don't specify a position |
191 (in your .emacs init file, in the Registry, or with the --geometry | |
192 command-line option), Emacs leaves the frame position to the Windows' | |
193 window manager. | |
72179
e043a6ddf637
Document the change in position policy on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
72140
diff
changeset
|
194 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
195 ** Emacs can now be invoked in full-screen mode on a windowed display. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
196 When Emacs is invoked on a window system, the new command-line options |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
197 `--fullwidth', `--fullheight', and `--fullscreen' produce a frame |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
198 whose width, height, or both width and height take up the entire |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
199 screen size. (For now, this does not work with some window managers.) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
200 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
201 ** Emacs now displays a splash screen by default even if command-line |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
202 arguments were given. The new command-line option --no-splash |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
203 disables the splash screen; see also the variable |
77138 | 204 `inhibit-splash-screen' (which is also aliased as |
205 `inhibit-startup-message'). | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
206 |
77419 | 207 ** The default is now to use a bitmap as the icon. |
208 The command-line options --icon-type, -i have been replaced with | |
209 options --no-bitmap-icon, -nbi to turn the bitmap icon off. | |
65942
d31b2741d149
* NEWS: -nb, --no-bitmap-icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65830
diff
changeset
|
210 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
211 ** New user option `inhibit-startup-buffer-menu'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
212 When loading many files, for instance with `emacs *', Emacs normally |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
213 displays a buffer menu. This option turns the buffer menu off. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
214 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
215 ** Init file changes |
66555
6c85f5b61c07
.emacs.d/.emacs changed to .emacs.d/init.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
66540
diff
changeset
|
216 If the init file ~/.emacs does not exist, Emacs will try |
74450
dc2d02a90d3d
(Changes to cmuscheme): Mention the alternative for `~/.emacs_SCHEMEPROG'
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
74355
diff
changeset
|
217 ~/.emacs.d/init.el or ~/.emacs.d/init.elc. Likewise, if the shell init file |
dc2d02a90d3d
(Changes to cmuscheme): Mention the alternative for `~/.emacs_SCHEMEPROG'
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
74355
diff
changeset
|
218 ~/.emacs_SHELL is not found, Emacs will try ~/.emacs.d/init_SHELL.sh. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
219 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
220 ** Emacs now reads the standard abbrevs file ~/.abbrev_defs |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
221 automatically at startup, if it exists. When Emacs offers to save |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
222 modified buffers, it saves the abbrevs too if they have changed. It |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
223 can do this either silently or asking for confirmation first, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
224 according to the value of `save-abbrevs'. |
72067 | 225 |
226 ** If the environment variable EMAIL is defined, Emacs now uses its value | |
72184 | 227 to compute the default value of `user-mail-address', in preference to |
72067 | 228 concatenation of `user-login-name' with the name of your host machine. |
72179
e043a6ddf637
Document the change in position policy on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
72140
diff
changeset
|
229 |
62043 | 230 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
231 * Incompatible Editing Changes in Emacs 22.1 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
232 |
77419 | 233 ** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link. |
234 | |
235 See below for more details. | |
236 | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
237 ** M-g is now a prefix key. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
238 M-g g and M-g M-g run goto-line. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
239 M-g n and M-g M-n run next-error (like C-x `). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
240 M-g p and M-g M-p run previous-error. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
241 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
242 ** C-u M-g M-g switches to the most recent previous buffer, |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
243 and goes to the specified line in that buffer. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
244 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
245 When goto-line starts to execute, if there's a number in the buffer at |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
246 point then it acts as the default argument for the minibuffer. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
247 |
77419 | 248 ** M-o now is the prefix key for setting text properties; |
249 M-o M-o requests refontification. | |
250 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
251 ** The old bindings C-M-delete and C-M-backspace have been deleted, |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
252 since there are situations where one or the other will shut down |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
253 the operating system or your X server. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
254 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
255 ** When the undo information of the current command gets really large |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
256 (beyond the value of `undo-outer-limit'), Emacs discards it and warns |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
257 you about it. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
258 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
259 ** In incremental search, C-w is changed. M-%, C-M-w and C-M-y are special. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
260 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
261 See below under "incremental search changes". |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
262 |
77419 | 263 ** When Emacs prompts for file names, SPC no longer completes the file name. |
264 This is so filenames with embedded spaces could be input without the | |
265 need to quote the space with a C-q. The underlying changes in the | |
266 keymaps that are active in the minibuffer are described below under | |
267 "New keymaps for typing file names". | |
268 | |
74007
ec1b7bc39b5e
Mention find-file where C-x C-f RET change is described.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
73961
diff
changeset
|
269 ** C-x C-f RET (find-file), typing nothing in the minibuffer, is no longer |
ec1b7bc39b5e
Mention find-file where C-x C-f RET change is described.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
73961
diff
changeset
|
270 a special case. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
271 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
272 Since the default input is the current directory, this has the effect |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
273 of specifying the current directory. Normally that means to visit the |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
274 directory with Dired. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
275 |
66949
cd0310cf5638
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66825
diff
changeset
|
276 You can get the old behavior by typing C-x C-f M-n RET, which fetches |
cd0310cf5638
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66825
diff
changeset
|
277 the actual file name into the minibuffer. |
cd0310cf5638
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66825
diff
changeset
|
278 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
279 ** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
280 to the text before point. If there is text in the buffer after point, |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
281 it remains unchanged. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
282 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
283 ** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
284 control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
285 by whitespace. This means you can now use them as shell wildcards |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
286 too. If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
287 doublequotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
288 special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'. |
72734
70aa4ed788b5
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
72681
diff
changeset
|
289 |
77419 | 290 ** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a |
291 previous mark if you set `set-mark-command-repeat-pop' to t. I.e. C-u | |
292 C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the mark ring. Use C-u C-u C-SPC | |
293 to set the mark immediately after a jump. | |
294 | |
295 ** The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i | |
296 have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S. | |
297 | |
298 ** `apply-macro-to-region-lines' now operates on all lines that begin | |
299 in the region, rather than on all complete lines in the region. | |
300 | |
301 ** line-move-ignore-invisible now defaults to t. | |
302 | |
72734
70aa4ed788b5
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
72681
diff
changeset
|
303 ** Adaptive filling misfeature removed. |
70aa4ed788b5
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
72681
diff
changeset
|
304 It no longer treats `NNN.' or `(NNN)' as a prefix. |
70aa4ed788b5
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
72681
diff
changeset
|
305 |
75801 | 306 ** The register compatibility key bindings (deprecated since Emacs 19) |
307 have been removed: | |
308 C-x / point-to-register (Use: C-x r SPC) | |
309 C-x j jump-to-register (Use: C-x r j) | |
310 C-x x copy-to-register (Use: C-x r s) | |
311 C-x g insert-register (Use: C-x r i) | |
312 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
313 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
314 * Editing Changes in Emacs 22.1 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
315 |
66507
fcde30dab36e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66414
diff
changeset
|
316 ** !MEM FULL! at the start of the mode line indicates that Emacs |
fcde30dab36e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66414
diff
changeset
|
317 cannot get any more memory for Lisp data. This often means it could |
fcde30dab36e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66414
diff
changeset
|
318 crash soon if you do things that use more memory. On most systems, |
fcde30dab36e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66414
diff
changeset
|
319 killing buffers will get out of this state. If killing buffers does |
fcde30dab36e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66414
diff
changeset
|
320 not make !MEM FULL! disappear, you should save your work and start |
fcde30dab36e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66414
diff
changeset
|
321 a new Emacs. |
fcde30dab36e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66414
diff
changeset
|
322 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
323 ** The max size of buffers and integers has been doubled. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
324 On 32bit machines, it is now 256M (i.e. 268435455). |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
325 |
67601
0644a2b72e8c
Change `prev-buffer' to `previous-buffer'; add note on them using the
Károly Lőrentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
67575
diff
changeset
|
326 ** You can now switch buffers in a cyclic order with C-x C-left |
68011 | 327 (previous-buffer) and C-x C-right (next-buffer). C-x left and |
67601
0644a2b72e8c
Change `prev-buffer' to `previous-buffer'; add note on them using the
Károly Lőrentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
67575
diff
changeset
|
328 C-x right can be used as well. The functions keep a different buffer |
0644a2b72e8c
Change `prev-buffer' to `previous-buffer'; add note on them using the
Károly Lőrentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
67575
diff
changeset
|
329 cycle for each frame, using the frame-local buffer list. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
330 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
331 ** `undo-only' does an undo which does not redo any previous undo. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
332 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
333 ** M-SPC (just-one-space) when given a numeric argument N |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
334 converts whitespace around point to N spaces. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
335 |
69603
a0ab0382b7ca
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
69582
diff
changeset
|
336 ** C-x 5 C-o displays a specified buffer in another frame |
a0ab0382b7ca
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
69582
diff
changeset
|
337 but does not switch to that frame. It's the multi-frame |
a0ab0382b7ca
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
69582
diff
changeset
|
338 analogue of C-x 4 C-o. |
a0ab0382b7ca
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
69582
diff
changeset
|
339 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
340 ** New command `kill-whole-line' kills an entire line at once. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
341 By default, it is bound to C-S-<backspace>. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
342 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
343 ** Yanking text now discards certain text properties that can |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
344 be inconvenient when you did not expect them. The variable |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
345 `yank-excluded-properties' specifies which ones. Insertion |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
346 of register contents and rectangles also discards these properties. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
347 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
348 ** The default values of paragraph-start and indent-line-function have |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
349 been changed to reflect those used in Text mode rather than those used |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
350 in Indented-Text mode. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
351 |
77419 | 352 ** New commands to operate on pairs of open and close characters: |
353 `insert-pair', `delete-pair', `raise-sexp'. | |
354 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
355 ** M-x setenv now expands environment variable references. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
356 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
357 Substrings of the form `$foo' and `${foo}' in the specified new value |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
358 now refer to the value of environment variable foo. To include a `$' |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
359 in the value, use `$$'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
360 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
361 ** `special-display-buffer-names' and `special-display-regexps' now |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
362 understand two new boolean pseudo-frame-parameters `same-frame' and |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
363 `same-window'. |
62187 | 364 |
365 ** The default for the paper size (variable ps-paper-type) is taken | |
366 from the locale. | |
367 | |
368 ** Mark command changes: | |
62043 | 369 |
370 *** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
371 previous mark, i.e. C-u C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
372 mark ring. Use C-u C-u C-SPC to set the mark immediately after a jump. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
373 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
374 *** Marking commands extend the region when invoked multiple times. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
375 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
376 If you type C-M-SPC (mark-sexp), M-@ (mark-word), M-h |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
377 (mark-paragraph), or C-M-h (mark-defun) repeatedly, the marked region |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
378 extends each time, so you can mark the next two sexps with M-C-SPC |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
379 M-C-SPC, for example. This feature also works for |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
380 mark-end-of-sentence, if you bind that to a key. It also extends the |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
381 region when the mark is active in Transient Mark mode, regardless of |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
382 the last command. To start a new region with one of marking commands |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
383 in Transient Mark mode, you can deactivate the active region with C-g, |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
384 or set the new mark with C-SPC. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
385 |
62043 | 386 *** M-h (mark-paragraph) now accepts a prefix arg. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
387 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
388 With positive arg, M-h marks the current and the following paragraphs; |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
389 if the arg is negative, it marks the current and the preceding |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
390 paragraphs. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
391 |
62043 | 392 *** Some commands do something special in Transient Mark mode when the |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
393 mark is active--for instance, they limit their operation to the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
394 region. Even if you don't normally use Transient Mark mode, you might |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
395 want to get this behavior from a particular command. There are two |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
396 ways you can enable Transient Mark mode and activate the mark, for one |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
397 command only. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
398 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
399 One method is to type C-SPC C-SPC; this enables Transient Mark mode |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
400 and sets the mark at point. The other method is to type C-u C-x C-x. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
401 This enables Transient Mark mode temporarily but does not alter the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
402 mark or the region. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
403 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
404 After these commands, Transient Mark mode remains enabled until you |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
405 deactivate the mark. That typically happens when you type a command |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
406 that alters the buffer, but you can also deactivate the mark by typing |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
407 C-g. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
408 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
409 *** Movement commands `beginning-of-buffer', `end-of-buffer', |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
410 `beginning-of-defun', `end-of-defun' do not set the mark if the mark |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
411 is already active in Transient Mark mode. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
412 |
62043 | 413 ** Help command changes: |
414 | |
415 *** Changes in C-h bindings: | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
416 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
417 C-h e displays the *Messages* buffer. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
418 |
66825 | 419 C-h d runs apropos-documentation. |
420 | |
71732
c8ed266edc5e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71611
diff
changeset
|
421 C-h r visits the Emacs Manual in Info. |
c8ed266edc5e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71611
diff
changeset
|
422 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
423 C-h followed by a control character is used for displaying files |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
424 that do not change: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
425 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
426 C-h C-f displays the FAQ. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
427 C-h C-e displays the PROBLEMS file. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
428 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
429 The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
430 have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
431 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
432 C-h c, C-h k, C-h w, and C-h f now handle remapped interactive commands. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
433 - C-h c and C-h k report the actual command (after possible remapping) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
434 run by the key sequence. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
435 - C-h w and C-h f on a command which has been remapped now report the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
436 command it is remapped to, and the keys which can be used to run |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
437 that command. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
438 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
439 For example, if C-k is bound to kill-line, and kill-line is remapped |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
440 to new-kill-line, these commands now report: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
441 - C-h c and C-h k C-k reports: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
442 C-k runs the command new-kill-line |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
443 - C-h w and C-h f kill-line reports: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
444 kill-line is remapped to new-kill-line which is on C-k, <deleteline> |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
445 - C-h w and C-h f new-kill-line reports: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
446 new-kill-line is on C-k |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
447 |
62043 | 448 *** Help commands `describe-function' and `describe-key' now show function |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
449 arguments in lowercase italics on displays that support it. To change the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
450 default, customize face `help-argument-name' or redefine the function |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
451 `help-default-arg-highlight'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
452 |
62043 | 453 *** C-h v and C-h f commands now include a hyperlink to the C source for |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
454 variables and functions defined in C (if the C source is available). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
455 |
62043 | 456 *** Help mode now only makes hyperlinks for faces when the face name is |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
457 preceded or followed by the word `face'. It no longer makes |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
458 hyperlinks for variables without variable documentation, unless |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
459 preceded by one of the words `variable' or `option'. It now makes |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
460 hyperlinks to Info anchors (or nodes) if the anchor (or node) name is |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
461 enclosed in single quotes and preceded by `info anchor' or `Info |
75187 | 462 anchor' (in addition to earlier `info node' and `Info node'). In |
66514
1ab4a8980046
Help mode now creates hyperlinks for URLs.
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
66507
diff
changeset
|
463 addition, it now makes hyperlinks to URLs as well if the URL is |
1ab4a8980046
Help mode now creates hyperlinks for URLs.
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
66507
diff
changeset
|
464 enclosed in single quotes and preceded by `URL'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
465 |
62043 | 466 *** The new command `describe-char' (C-u C-x =) pops up a buffer with |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
467 description various information about a character, including its |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
468 encodings and syntax, its text properties, how to input, overlays, and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
469 widgets at point. You can get more information about some of them, by |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
470 clicking on mouse-sensitive areas or moving there and pressing RET. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
471 |
62187 | 472 *** The command `list-text-properties-at' has been deleted because |
473 C-u C-x = gives the same information and more. | |
474 | |
62043 | 475 *** New command `display-local-help' displays any local help at point |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
476 in the echo area. It is bound to `C-h .'. It normally displays the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
477 same string that would be displayed on mouse-over using the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
478 `help-echo' property, but, in certain cases, it can display a more |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
479 keyboard oriented alternative. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
480 |
62043 | 481 *** New user option `help-at-pt-display-when-idle' allows to |
482 automatically show the help provided by `display-local-help' on | |
483 point-over, after suitable idle time. The amount of idle time is | |
484 determined by the user option `help-at-pt-timer-delay' and defaults | |
485 to one second. This feature is turned off by default. | |
486 | |
62187 | 487 *** The apropos commands now accept a list of words to match. |
488 When more than one word is specified, at least two of those words must | |
489 be present for an item to match. Regular expression matching is still | |
490 available. | |
491 | |
492 *** The new option `apropos-sort-by-scores' causes the matching items | |
493 to be sorted according to their score. The score for an item is a | |
494 number calculated to indicate how well the item matches the words or | |
495 regular expression that you entered to the apropos command. The best | |
496 match is listed first, and the calculated score is shown for each | |
497 matching item. | |
498 | |
499 ** Incremental Search changes: | |
500 | |
501 *** Vertical scrolling is now possible within incremental search. | |
502 To enable this feature, customize the new user option | |
503 `isearch-allow-scroll'. User written commands which satisfy stringent | |
504 constraints can be marked as "scrolling commands". See the Emacs manual | |
505 for details. | |
506 | |
507 *** C-w in incremental search now grabs either a character or a word, | |
508 making the decision in a heuristic way. This new job is done by the | |
509 command `isearch-yank-word-or-char'. To restore the old behavior, | |
510 bind C-w to `isearch-yank-word' in `isearch-mode-map'. | |
511 | |
512 *** C-y in incremental search now grabs the next line if point is already | |
513 at the end of a line. | |
514 | |
515 *** C-M-w deletes and C-M-y grabs a character in isearch mode. | |
516 Another method to grab a character is to enter the minibuffer by `M-e' | |
517 and to type `C-f' at the end of the search string in the minibuffer. | |
518 | |
519 *** M-% typed in isearch mode invokes `query-replace' or | |
520 `query-replace-regexp' (depending on search mode) with the current | |
521 search string used as the string to replace. | |
522 | |
523 *** Isearch no longer adds `isearch-resume' commands to the command | |
524 history by default. To enable this feature, customize the new | |
525 user option `isearch-resume-in-command-history'. | |
526 | |
527 ** Replace command changes: | |
528 | |
529 *** New user option `query-replace-skip-read-only': when non-nil, | |
530 `query-replace' and related functions simply ignore | |
531 a match if part of it has a read-only property. | |
532 | |
533 *** When used interactively, the commands `query-replace-regexp' and | |
534 `replace-regexp' allow \,expr to be used in a replacement string, | |
535 where expr is an arbitrary Lisp expression evaluated at replacement | |
77286
0f67bcedb447
* NEWS: Mention `query-replace-regexp-eval' being deprecated.
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
77138
diff
changeset
|
536 time. `\#' in a replacement string now refers to the count of |
0f67bcedb447
* NEWS: Mention `query-replace-regexp-eval' being deprecated.
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
77138
diff
changeset
|
537 replacements already made by the replacement command. All regular |
0f67bcedb447
* NEWS: Mention `query-replace-regexp-eval' being deprecated.
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
77138
diff
changeset
|
538 expression replacement commands now allow `\?' in the replacement |
0f67bcedb447
* NEWS: Mention `query-replace-regexp-eval' being deprecated.
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
77138
diff
changeset
|
539 string to specify a position where the replacement string can be |
0f67bcedb447
* NEWS: Mention `query-replace-regexp-eval' being deprecated.
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
77138
diff
changeset
|
540 edited for each replacement. `query-replace-regexp-eval' is now |
0f67bcedb447
* NEWS: Mention `query-replace-regexp-eval' being deprecated.
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
77138
diff
changeset
|
541 deprecated since it offers no additional functionality. |
62187 | 542 |
543 *** query-replace uses isearch lazy highlighting when the new user option | |
544 `query-replace-lazy-highlight' is non-nil. | |
545 | |
546 *** The current match in query-replace is highlighted in new face | |
547 `query-replace' which by default inherits from isearch face. | |
548 | |
70549
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
549 ** Local variables lists: |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
550 |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
551 *** In processing a local variables list, Emacs strips the prefix and |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
552 suffix from every line before processing all the lines. |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
553 |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
554 *** Text properties in local variables. |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
555 |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
556 A file local variables list cannot specify a string with text |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
557 properties--any specified text properties are discarded. |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
558 |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
559 *** If the local variables list contains any variable-value pairs that |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
560 are not known to be safe, Emacs shows a prompt asking whether to apply |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
561 the local variables list as a whole. In earlier versions, a prompt |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
562 was only issued for variables explicitly marked as risky (for the |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
563 definition of risky variables, see `risky-local-variable-p'). |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
564 |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
565 At the prompt, you can choose to save the contents of this local |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
566 variables list to `safe-local-variable-values'. This new customizable |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
567 option is a list of variable-value pairs that are known to be safe. |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
568 Variables can also be marked as safe with the existing |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
569 `safe-local-variable' property (see `safe-local-variable-p'). |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
570 However, risky variables will not be added to |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
571 `safe-local-variable-values' in this way. |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
572 |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
573 *** The variable `enable-local-variables' controls how local variable |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
574 lists are handled. t, the default, specifies the standard querying |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
575 behavior. :safe means use only safe values, and ignore the rest. |
71317
f27e25866475
Mention that `enable-local-variables' can have value :all, as well.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71303
diff
changeset
|
576 :all means set all variables, whether or not they are safe. |
70549
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
577 nil means ignore them all. Anything else means always query. |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
578 |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
579 *** The variable `safe-local-eval-forms' specifies a list of forms that |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
580 are ok to evaluate when they appear in an `eval' local variables |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
581 specification. Normally Emacs asks for confirmation before evaluating |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
582 such a form, but if the form appears in this list, no confirmation is |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
583 needed. |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
584 |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
585 *** If a function has a non-nil `safe-local-eval-function' property, |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
586 that means it is ok to evaluate some calls to that function when it |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
587 appears in an `eval' local variables specification. If the property |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
588 is t, then any form calling that function with constant arguments is |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
589 ok. If the property is a function or list of functions, they are called |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
590 with the form as argument, and if any returns t, the form is ok to call. |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
591 |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
592 If the form is not "ok to call", that means Emacs asks for |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
593 confirmation as before. |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
594 |
62187 | 595 ** File operation changes: |
596 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
597 *** Unquoted `$' in file names do not signal an error any more when |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
598 the corresponding environment variable does not exist. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
599 Instead, the `$ENVVAR' text is left as is, so that `$$' quoting |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
600 is only rarely needed. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
601 |
62043 | 602 *** find-file-read-only visits multiple files in read-only mode, |
603 when the file name contains wildcard characters. | |
604 | |
605 *** find-alternate-file replaces the current file with multiple files, | |
74790
5e43de1ffaac
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
74782
diff
changeset
|
606 when the file name contains wildcard characters. It now asks if you |
5e43de1ffaac
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
74782
diff
changeset
|
607 wish save your changes and not just offer to kill the buffer. |
62043 | 608 |
609 *** Auto Compression mode is now enabled by default. | |
610 | |
611 *** C-x C-f RET, typing nothing in the minibuffer, is no longer a special case. | |
612 | |
613 Since the default input is the current directory, this has the effect | |
614 of specifying the current directory. Normally that means to visit the | |
615 directory with Dired. | |
616 | |
617 *** When you are root, and you visit a file whose modes specify | |
618 read-only, the Emacs buffer is now read-only too. Type C-x C-q if you | |
619 want to make the buffer writable. (As root, you can in fact alter the | |
620 file.) | |
621 | |
622 *** C-x s (save-some-buffers) now offers an option `d' to diff a buffer | |
623 against its file, so you can see what changes you would be saving. | |
624 | |
625 *** The commands copy-file, rename-file, make-symbolic-link and | |
626 add-name-to-file, when given a directory as the "new name" argument, | |
627 convert it to a file name by merging in the within-directory part of | |
628 the existing file's name. (This is the same convention that shell | |
629 commands cp, mv, and ln follow.) Thus, M-x copy-file RET ~/foo RET | |
630 /tmp RET copies ~/foo to /tmp/foo. | |
631 | |
632 *** When used interactively, `format-write-file' now asks for confirmation | |
633 before overwriting an existing file, unless a prefix argument is | |
634 supplied. This behavior is analogous to `write-file'. | |
635 | |
636 *** The variable `auto-save-file-name-transforms' now has a third element that | |
637 controls whether or not the function `make-auto-save-file-name' will | |
638 attempt to construct a unique auto-save name (e.g. for remote files). | |
639 | |
65514
845541eefcf1
Add entry for write-region-inhibit-fsync.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65503
diff
changeset
|
640 *** The new option `write-region-inhibit-fsync' disables calls to fsync |
845541eefcf1
Add entry for write-region-inhibit-fsync.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65503
diff
changeset
|
641 in `write-region'. This can be useful on laptops to avoid spinning up |
845541eefcf1
Add entry for write-region-inhibit-fsync.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65503
diff
changeset
|
642 the hard drive upon each file save. Enabling this variable may result |
845541eefcf1
Add entry for write-region-inhibit-fsync.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65503
diff
changeset
|
643 in data loss, use with care. |
845541eefcf1
Add entry for write-region-inhibit-fsync.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65503
diff
changeset
|
644 |
62043 | 645 *** If the user visits a file larger than `large-file-warning-threshold', |
62187 | 646 Emacs asks for confirmation. |
62043 | 647 |
648 *** require-final-newline now has two new possible values: | |
649 | |
650 `visit' means add a newline (as an undoable change) if it's needed | |
651 when visiting the file. | |
652 | |
653 `visit-save' means add a newline (as an undoable change) if it's | |
654 needed when visiting the file, and also add a newline if it's needed | |
655 when saving the file. | |
656 | |
657 *** The new option mode-require-final-newline controls how certain | |
658 major modes enable require-final-newline. Any major mode that's | |
659 designed for a kind of file that should normally end in a newline | |
660 sets require-final-newline based on mode-require-final-newline. | |
661 So you can customize mode-require-final-newline to control what these | |
662 modes do. | |
663 | |
664 ** Minibuffer changes: | |
665 | |
66953
2ce8310aed56
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
66949
diff
changeset
|
666 *** The new file-name-shadow-mode is turned ON by default, so that when |
2ce8310aed56
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
66949
diff
changeset
|
667 entering a file name, any prefix which Emacs will ignore is dimmed. |
2ce8310aed56
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
66949
diff
changeset
|
668 |
62043 | 669 *** There's a new face `minibuffer-prompt'. |
670 Emacs adds this face to the list of text properties stored in the | |
671 variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', which is used to display the | |
672 prompt string. | |
673 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
674 *** Enhanced visual feedback in `*Completions*' buffer. |
62043 | 675 |
676 Completions lists use faces to highlight what all completions | |
677 have in common and where they begin to differ. | |
678 | |
679 The common prefix shared by all possible completions uses the face | |
680 `completions-common-part', while the first character that isn't the | |
681 same uses the face `completions-first-difference'. By default, | |
682 `completions-common-part' inherits from `default', and | |
683 `completions-first-difference' inherits from `bold'. The idea of | |
684 `completions-common-part' is that you can use it to make the common | |
685 parts less visible than normal, so that the rest of the differing | |
686 parts is, by contrast, slightly highlighted. | |
687 | |
66176
cb6cf0328e4d
Write about the 2nd optional argument of `display-completion-list'.
Masatake YAMATO <jet@gyve.org>
parents:
66099
diff
changeset
|
688 Above fontification is always done when listing completions is |
75187 | 689 triggered at minibuffer. If you want to fontify completions whose |
66176
cb6cf0328e4d
Write about the 2nd optional argument of `display-completion-list'.
Masatake YAMATO <jet@gyve.org>
parents:
66099
diff
changeset
|
690 listing is triggered at the other normal buffer, you have to pass |
cb6cf0328e4d
Write about the 2nd optional argument of `display-completion-list'.
Masatake YAMATO <jet@gyve.org>
parents:
66099
diff
changeset
|
691 the common prefix of completions to `display-completion-list' as |
cb6cf0328e4d
Write about the 2nd optional argument of `display-completion-list'.
Masatake YAMATO <jet@gyve.org>
parents:
66099
diff
changeset
|
692 its second argument. |
cb6cf0328e4d
Write about the 2nd optional argument of `display-completion-list'.
Masatake YAMATO <jet@gyve.org>
parents:
66099
diff
changeset
|
693 |
62187 | 694 *** File-name completion can now ignore specified directories. |
62043 | 695 If an element of the list in `completion-ignored-extensions' ends in a |
696 slash `/', it indicates a subdirectory that should be ignored when | |
697 completing file names. Elements of `completion-ignored-extensions' | |
698 which do not end in a slash are never considered when a completion | |
699 candidate is a directory. | |
700 | |
701 *** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only | |
702 to the text before point. If there is text in the buffer after point, | |
703 it remains unchanged. | |
704 | |
705 *** New user option `history-delete-duplicates'. | |
706 If set to t when adding a new history element, all previous identical | |
70935
6095a182eaad
Remove KEEP-ALL argument of `read-from-minibuffer'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
70833
diff
changeset
|
707 elements are deleted from the history list. |
62043 | 708 |
62187 | 709 ** Redisplay changes: |
62142
534734b70d1a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62084
diff
changeset
|
710 |
71327 | 711 *** Preemptive redisplay now adapts to current load and bandwidth. |
712 | |
713 To avoid preempting redisplay on fast computers, networks, and displays, | |
71326 | 714 the arrival of new input is now performed at regular intervals during |
715 redisplay. The new variable `redisplay-preemption-period' specifies | |
716 the period; the default is to check for input every 0.1 seconds. | |
717 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
718 *** The mode line position information now comes before the major mode. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
719 When the file is maintained under version control, that information |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
720 appears between the position information and the major mode. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
721 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
722 *** New face `escape-glyph' highlights control characters and escape glyphs. |
62043 | 723 |
63725
01829129c4df
Renamed show-nonbreak-escape to nobreak-char-display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
63692
diff
changeset
|
724 *** Non-breaking space and hyphens are now displayed with a special |
01829129c4df
Renamed show-nonbreak-escape to nobreak-char-display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
63692
diff
changeset
|
725 face, either nobreak-space or escape-glyph. You can turn this off or |
01829129c4df
Renamed show-nonbreak-escape to nobreak-char-display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
63692
diff
changeset
|
726 specify a different mode by setting the variable `nobreak-char-display'. |
62043 | 727 |
728 *** The parameters of automatic hscrolling can now be customized. | |
729 The variable `hscroll-margin' determines how many columns away from | |
730 the window edge point is allowed to get before automatic hscrolling | |
731 will horizontally scroll the window. The default value is 5. | |
732 | |
733 The variable `hscroll-step' determines how many columns automatic | |
734 hscrolling scrolls the window when point gets too close to the | |
735 window edge. If its value is zero, the default, Emacs scrolls the | |
736 window so as to center point. If its value is an integer, it says how | |
737 many columns to scroll. If the value is a floating-point number, it | |
738 gives the fraction of the window's width to scroll the window. | |
739 | |
740 The variable `automatic-hscrolling' was renamed to | |
741 `auto-hscroll-mode'. The old name is still available as an alias. | |
62055 | 742 |
68070 | 743 *** Moving or scrolling through images (and other lines) taller than |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
744 the window now works sensibly, by automatically adjusting the window's |
62043 | 745 vscroll property. |
746 | |
72507 | 747 *** New customize option `overline-margin' controls the space between |
748 overline and text. | |
749 | |
750 *** New variable `x-underline-at-descent-line' controls the relative | |
751 position of the underline. When set, it overrides the | |
752 `x-use-underline-position-properties' variables. | |
753 | |
62043 | 754 *** The new face `mode-line-inactive' is used to display the mode line |
755 of non-selected windows. The `mode-line' face is now used to display | |
756 the mode line of the currently selected window. | |
757 | |
758 The new variable `mode-line-in-non-selected-windows' controls whether | |
759 the `mode-line-inactive' face is used. | |
760 | |
761 *** You can now customize the use of window fringes. To control this | |
762 for all frames, use M-x fringe-mode or the Show/Hide submenu of the | |
763 top-level Options menu, or customize the `fringe-mode' variable. To | |
764 control this for a specific frame, use the command M-x | |
765 set-fringe-style. | |
766 | |
62187 | 767 *** Angle icons in the fringes can indicate the buffer boundaries. In |
768 addition, up and down arrow bitmaps in the fringe indicate which ways | |
769 the window can be scrolled. | |
62043 | 770 |
771 This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable | |
772 `indicate-buffer-boundaries' to a non-nil value. The default value of | |
773 this variable is found in `default-indicate-buffer-boundaries'. | |
774 | |
775 If value is `left' or `right', both angle and arrow bitmaps are | |
776 displayed in the left or right fringe, resp. | |
777 | |
62680 | 778 The value can also be an alist which specifies the presence and |
62187 | 779 position of each bitmap individually. |
62043 | 780 |
781 For example, ((top . left) (t . right)) places the top angle bitmap | |
782 in left fringe, the bottom angle bitmap in right fringe, and both | |
783 arrow bitmaps in right fringe. To show just the angle bitmaps in the | |
784 left fringe, but no arrow bitmaps, use ((top . left) (bottom . left)). | |
785 | |
786 *** On window systems, lines which are exactly as wide as the window | |
787 (not counting the final newline character) are no longer broken into | |
788 two lines on the display (with just the newline on the second line). | |
789 Instead, the newline now "overflows" into the right fringe, and the | |
790 cursor will be displayed in the fringe when positioned on that newline. | |
791 | |
62187 | 792 The new user option 'overflow-newline-into-fringe' can be set to nil to |
62043 | 793 revert to the old behavior of continuing such lines. |
794 | |
62187 | 795 *** When a window has display margin areas, the fringes are now |
62043 | 796 displayed between the margins and the buffer's text area, rather than |
62187 | 797 outside those margins. |
798 | |
799 *** A window can now have individual fringe and scroll-bar settings, | |
62043 | 800 in addition to the individual display margin settings. |
801 | |
802 Such individual settings are now preserved when windows are split | |
803 horizontally or vertically, a saved window configuration is restored, | |
804 or when the frame is resized. | |
805 | |
73354
ae275f011f63
%c and %l constructs are now ignored in frame-title-format.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
73143
diff
changeset
|
806 *** The %c and %l constructs are now ignored in frame-title-format. |
ae275f011f63
%c and %l constructs are now ignored in frame-title-format.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
73143
diff
changeset
|
807 Due to technical limitations in how Emacs interacts with windowing |
ae275f011f63
%c and %l constructs are now ignored in frame-title-format.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
73143
diff
changeset
|
808 systems, these constructs often failed to render properly, and could |
ae275f011f63
%c and %l constructs are now ignored in frame-title-format.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
73143
diff
changeset
|
809 even cause Emacs to crash. |
ae275f011f63
%c and %l constructs are now ignored in frame-title-format.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
73143
diff
changeset
|
810 |
74998 | 811 *** If value of `auto-resize-tool-bars' is `grow-only', the tool bar |
812 will expand as needed, but not contract automatically. To contract | |
813 the tool bar, you must type C-l. | |
814 | |
62187 | 815 ** Cursor display changes: |
62043 | 816 |
817 *** On X, MS Windows, and Mac OS, the blinking cursor's "off" state is | |
818 now controlled by the variable `blink-cursor-alist'. | |
819 | |
820 *** The X resource cursorBlink can be used to turn off cursor blinking. | |
821 | |
822 *** Emacs can produce an underscore-like (horizontal bar) cursor. | |
823 The underscore cursor is set by putting `(cursor-type . hbar)' in | |
824 default-frame-alist. It supports variable heights, like the `bar' | |
825 cursor does. | |
826 | |
827 *** Display of hollow cursors now obeys the buffer-local value (if any) | |
828 of `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' in the buffer that the cursor | |
829 appears in. | |
830 | |
831 *** The variable `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' can now be set to any | |
832 of the recognized cursor types. | |
833 | |
67956 | 834 *** On text terminals, the variable `visible-cursor' controls whether Emacs |
67938
7fa0e75aeb21
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67817
diff
changeset
|
835 uses the "very visible" cursor (the default) or the normal cursor. |
7fa0e75aeb21
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67817
diff
changeset
|
836 |
63116
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
837 ** New faces: |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
838 |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
839 *** `mode-line-highlight' is the standard face indicating mouse sensitive |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
840 elements on mode-line (and header-line) like `highlight' face on text |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
841 areas. |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
842 |
68219 | 843 *** `mode-line-buffer-id' is the standard face for buffer identification |
844 parts of the mode line. | |
845 | |
63116
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
846 *** `shadow' face defines the appearance of the "shadowed" text, i.e. |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
847 the text which should be less noticeable than the surrounding text. |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
848 This can be achieved by using shades of grey in contrast with either |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
849 black or white default foreground color. This generic shadow face |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
850 allows customization of the appearance of shadowed text in one place, |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
851 so package-specific faces can inherit from it. |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
852 |
64872
0f065023e506
Fix `+++' and `---' for Info mode. Add `vertical-border' face.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
64849
diff
changeset
|
853 *** `vertical-border' face is used for the vertical divider between windows. |
0f065023e506
Fix `+++' and `---' for Info mode. Add `vertical-border' face.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
64849
diff
changeset
|
854 |
77419 | 855 ** Font-Lock (syntax highlighting) changes: |
62187 | 856 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
857 *** M-o now is the prefix key for setting text properties; |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
858 M-o M-o requests refontification. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
859 |
62187 | 860 *** All modes now support using M-x font-lock-mode to toggle |
861 fontification, even those such as Occur, Info, and comint-derived | |
862 modes that do their own fontification in a special way. | |
863 | |
864 The variable `Info-fontify' is no longer applicable; to disable | |
865 fontification in Info, remove `turn-on-font-lock' from | |
866 `Info-mode-hook'. | |
867 | |
72782 | 868 *** Font-Lock mode: in major modes such as Lisp mode, where some Emacs |
869 features assume that an open-paren in column 0 is always outside of | |
870 any string or comment, Font-Lock now highlights any such open-paren in | |
871 bold-red if it is inside a string or a comment, to indicate that it | |
872 can cause trouble. You should rewrite the string or comment so that | |
873 the open-paren is not in column 0. | |
62187 | 874 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
875 *** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-preprocessor-face'. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
876 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
877 *** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-comment-delimiter-face'. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
878 |
62454 | 879 *** Easy to overlook single character negation can now be font-locked. |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
880 You can use the new variable `font-lock-negation-char-face' and the face of |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
881 the same name to customize this. Currently the cc-modes, sh-script-mode, |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
882 cperl-mode and make-mode support this. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
883 |
62043 | 884 *** The default settings for JIT stealth lock parameters are changed. |
76291
7d2b5814cd4e
* NEWS (fontification): Mention that the new default for
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
76274
diff
changeset
|
885 The default value for the user option jit-lock-stealth-time is now nil |
7d2b5814cd4e
* NEWS (fontification): Mention that the new default for
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
76274
diff
changeset
|
886 instead of 3. This setting of jit-lock-stealth-time disables stealth |
7d2b5814cd4e
* NEWS (fontification): Mention that the new default for
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
76274
diff
changeset
|
887 fontification: on today's machines, it may be a bug in font lock |
7d2b5814cd4e
* NEWS (fontification): Mention that the new default for
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
76274
diff
changeset
|
888 patterns if fontification otherwise noticeably degrades interactivity. |
7d2b5814cd4e
* NEWS (fontification): Mention that the new default for
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
76274
diff
changeset
|
889 If you find movement in infrequently visited buffers sluggish (and the |
7d2b5814cd4e
* NEWS (fontification): Mention that the new default for
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
76274
diff
changeset
|
890 major mode maintainer has no better idea), customizing |
7d2b5814cd4e
* NEWS (fontification): Mention that the new default for
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
76274
diff
changeset
|
891 jit-lock-stealth-time to a non-nil value will let Emacs fontify |
7d2b5814cd4e
* NEWS (fontification): Mention that the new default for
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
76274
diff
changeset
|
892 buffers in the background when it considers the system to be idle. |
7d2b5814cd4e
* NEWS (fontification): Mention that the new default for
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
76274
diff
changeset
|
893 jit-lock-stealth-nice is now 0.5 instead of 0.125 which is supposed to |
7d2b5814cd4e
* NEWS (fontification): Mention that the new default for
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
76274
diff
changeset
|
894 cause less load than the old defaults. |
62043 | 895 |
896 *** jit-lock can now be delayed with `jit-lock-defer-time'. | |
897 | |
898 If this variable is non-nil, its value should be the amount of Emacs | |
899 idle time in seconds to wait before starting fontification. For | |
900 example, if you set `jit-lock-defer-time' to 0.25, fontification will | |
901 only happen after 0.25s of idle time. | |
902 | |
903 *** contextual refontification is now separate from stealth fontification. | |
904 | |
905 jit-lock-defer-contextually is renamed jit-lock-contextually and | |
906 jit-lock-context-time determines the delay after which contextual | |
907 refontification takes place. | |
908 | |
74355
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
909 *** lazy-lock is considered obsolete. |
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
910 |
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
911 The `lazy-lock' package is superseded by `jit-lock' and is considered |
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
912 obsolete. `jit-lock' is activated by default; if you wish to continue |
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
913 using `lazy-lock', activate it in your ~/.emacs like this: |
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
914 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) |
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
915 |
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
916 If you invoke `lazy-lock-mode' directly rather than through |
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
917 `font-lock-support-mode', it now issues a warning: |
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
918 "Use font-lock-support-mode rather than calling lazy-lock-mode" |
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
919 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
920 ** Menu support: |
62043 | 921 |
922 *** A menu item "Show/Hide" was added to the top-level menu "Options". | |
923 This menu allows you to turn various display features on and off (such | |
924 as the fringes, the tool bar, the speedbar, and the menu bar itself). | |
925 You can also move the vertical scroll bar to either side here or turn | |
926 it off completely. There is also a menu-item to toggle displaying of | |
64872
0f065023e506
Fix `+++' and `---' for Info mode. Add `vertical-border' face.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
64849
diff
changeset
|
927 current date and time, current line and column number in the mode-line. |
62043 | 928 |
929 *** Speedbar has moved from the "Tools" top level menu to "Show/Hide". | |
930 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
931 *** You can exit dialog windows and menus by typing C-g. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
932 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
933 *** The menu item "Open File..." has been split into two items, "New File..." |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
934 and "Open File...". "Open File..." now opens only existing files. This is |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
935 to support existing GUI file selection dialogs better. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
936 |
77138 | 937 *** The file selection dialog for Gtk+, Mac, W32 and Motif/LessTif can be |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
938 disabled by customizing the variable `use-file-dialog'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
939 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
940 *** The pop up menus for Lucid now stay up if you do a fast click and can |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
941 be navigated with the arrow keys (like Gtk+, Mac and W32). |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
942 |
77138 | 943 *** The menu bar for Motif/LessTif/Lucid/Gtk+ can be navigated with keys. |
71059
531026a8ae1e
* NEWS: Mention F10 for Gtk+/Leddtif/Lucid menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71008
diff
changeset
|
944 Pressing F10 shows the first menu in the menu bar. Navigation is done with |
531026a8ae1e
* NEWS: Mention F10 for Gtk+/Leddtif/Lucid menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71008
diff
changeset
|
945 the arrow keys, select with the return key and cancel with the escape keys. |
531026a8ae1e
* NEWS: Mention F10 for Gtk+/Leddtif/Lucid menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71008
diff
changeset
|
946 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
947 *** The Lucid menus can display multilingual text in your locale. You have |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
948 to explicitly specify a fontSet resource for this to work, for example |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
949 `-xrm "Emacs*fontSet: -*-helvetica-medium-r-*--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*,*"'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
950 |
77138 | 951 *** Dialogs for Lucid/Athena and LessTif/Motif now pop down on pressing |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
952 ESC, like they do for Gtk+, Mac and W32. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
953 |
68885
bf32a9fa6cd9
* NEWS: Gtk+ 2.4 is required.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68736
diff
changeset
|
954 *** For the Gtk+ version, you can make Emacs use the old file dialog |
72965
6c6d855ef919
Rename x-use-old-gtk-file-dialog to x-gtk-use-old-file-dialog.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72919
diff
changeset
|
955 by setting the variable `x-gtk-use-old-file-dialog' to t. Default is to use |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
956 the new dialog. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
957 |
62187 | 958 ** Mouse changes: |
959 | |
960 *** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link. | |
59058
54f8cd81210b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59026
diff
changeset
|
961 |
54f8cd81210b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59026
diff
changeset
|
962 Traditionally, Emacs uses a Mouse-1 click to set point and a Mouse-2 |
54f8cd81210b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59026
diff
changeset
|
963 click to follow a link, whereas most other applications use a Mouse-1 |
59026
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
964 click for both purposes, depending on whether you click outside or |
59894
0d396bc457d8
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59839
diff
changeset
|
965 inside a link. Now the behavior of a Mouse-1 click has been changed |
77138 | 966 to match this context-sensitive dual behavior. (If you prefer the old |
62162
0c38f5bedcab
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
62146
diff
changeset
|
967 behavior, set the user option `mouse-1-click-follows-link' to nil.) |
59026
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
968 |
62187 | 969 Depending on the current mode, a Mouse-2 click in Emacs can do much |
59894
0d396bc457d8
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59839
diff
changeset
|
970 more than just follow a link, so the new Mouse-1 behavior is only |
59026
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
971 activated for modes which explicitly mark a clickable text as a "link" |
59894
0d396bc457d8
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59839
diff
changeset
|
972 (see the new function `mouse-on-link-p' for details). The Lisp |
59996
aac0a33f5772
Change release version from 21.4 to 22.1 throughout.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59954
diff
changeset
|
973 packages that are included in release 22.1 have been adapted to do |
59026
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
974 this, but external packages may not yet support this. However, there |
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
975 is no risk in using such packages, as the worst thing that could |
59894
0d396bc457d8
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59839
diff
changeset
|
976 happen is that you get the original Mouse-1 behavior when you click |
59026
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
977 on a link, which typically means that you set point where you click. |
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
978 |
59058
54f8cd81210b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59026
diff
changeset
|
979 If you want to get the original Mouse-1 action also inside a link, you |
54f8cd81210b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59026
diff
changeset
|
980 just need to press the Mouse-1 button a little longer than a normal |
54f8cd81210b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59026
diff
changeset
|
981 click (i.e. press and hold the Mouse-1 button for half a second before |
59026
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
982 you release it). |
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
983 |
59058
54f8cd81210b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59026
diff
changeset
|
984 Dragging the Mouse-1 inside a link still performs the original |
59026
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
985 drag-mouse-1 action, typically copy the text. |
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
986 |
60255 | 987 You can customize the new Mouse-1 behavior via the new user options |
988 `mouse-1-click-follows-link' and `mouse-1-click-in-non-selected-windows'. | |
59026
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
989 |
77419 | 990 *** If you set the new variable `mouse-autoselect-window' to a non-nil |
991 value, windows are automatically selected as you move the mouse from | |
992 one Emacs window to another, even within a frame. A minibuffer window | |
993 can be selected only when it is active. | |
994 | |
995 *** On X, when the window manager requires that you click on a frame to | |
996 select it (give it focus), the selected window and cursor position | |
997 normally changes according to the mouse click position. If you set | |
998 the variable x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position to t, the selected | |
999 window and cursor position do not change when you click on a frame | |
1000 to give it focus. | |
1001 | |
62187 | 1002 *** Emacs normally highlights mouse sensitive text whenever the mouse |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1003 is over the text. By setting the new variable `mouse-highlight', you |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1004 can optionally enable mouse highlighting only after you move the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1005 mouse, so that highlighting disappears when you press a key. You can |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1006 also disable mouse highlighting. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1007 |
62187 | 1008 *** You can now customize if selecting a region by dragging the mouse |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1009 shall not copy the selected text to the kill-ring by setting the new |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1010 variable mouse-drag-copy-region to nil. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1011 |
62187 | 1012 *** mouse-wheels can now scroll a specific fraction of the window |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1013 (rather than a fixed number of lines) and the scrolling is `progressive'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1014 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1015 *** Emacs ignores mouse-2 clicks while the mouse wheel is being moved. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1016 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1017 People tend to push the mouse wheel (which counts as a mouse-2 click) |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1018 unintentionally while turning the wheel, so these clicks are now |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1019 ignored. You can customize this with the mouse-wheel-click-event and |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1020 mouse-wheel-inhibit-click-time variables. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1021 |
62187 | 1022 *** Under X, mouse-wheel-mode is turned on by default. |
1023 | |
64990 | 1024 ** Multilingual Environment (Mule) changes: |
62187 | 1025 |
71254
db157113b47c
Mention how to disable character translation for a file.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71203
diff
changeset
|
1026 *** You can disable character translation for a file using the -*- |
db157113b47c
Mention how to disable character translation for a file.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71203
diff
changeset
|
1027 construct. Include `enable-character-translation: nil' inside the |
db157113b47c
Mention how to disable character translation for a file.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71203
diff
changeset
|
1028 -*-...-*- to disable any character translation that may happen by |
db157113b47c
Mention how to disable character translation for a file.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71203
diff
changeset
|
1029 various global and per-coding-system translation tables. You can also |
db157113b47c
Mention how to disable character translation for a file.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71203
diff
changeset
|
1030 specify it in a local variable list at the end of the file. For |
db157113b47c
Mention how to disable character translation for a file.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71203
diff
changeset
|
1031 shortcut, instead of using this long variable name, you can append the |
db157113b47c
Mention how to disable character translation for a file.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71203
diff
changeset
|
1032 character "!" at the end of coding-system name specified in -*- |
71258
2f0ef040dfe3
Add an example for the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71254
diff
changeset
|
1033 construct or in a local variable list. For example, if a file has the |
2f0ef040dfe3
Add an example for the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71254
diff
changeset
|
1034 following header, it is decoded by the coding system `iso-latin-1' |
2f0ef040dfe3
Add an example for the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71254
diff
changeset
|
1035 without any character translation: |
2f0ef040dfe3
Add an example for the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71254
diff
changeset
|
1036 ;; -*- coding: iso-latin-1!; -*- |
71254
db157113b47c
Mention how to disable character translation for a file.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71203
diff
changeset
|
1037 |
62187 | 1038 *** Language environment and various default coding systems are setup |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1039 more correctly according to the current locale name. If the locale |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1040 name doesn't specify a charset, the default is what glibc defines. |
62187 | 1041 This change can result in using the different coding systems as |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1042 default in some locale (e.g. vi_VN). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1043 |
62187 | 1044 *** The keyboard-coding-system is now automatically set based on your |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1045 current locale settings if you are not using a window system. This |
62187 | 1046 can mean that the META key doesn't work but generates non-ASCII |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1047 characters instead, depending on how the terminal (or terminal |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1048 emulator) works. Use `set-keyboard-coding-system' (or customize |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1049 keyboard-coding-system) if you prefer META to work (the old default) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1050 or if the locale doesn't describe the character set actually generated |
74307
f367608cd9d6
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
74093
diff
changeset
|
1051 by the keyboard. See Info node `Unibyte Mode'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1052 |
62187 | 1053 *** The new command `revert-buffer-with-coding-system' (C-x RET r) |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1054 revisits the current file using a coding system that you specify. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1055 |
62187 | 1056 *** New command `recode-region' decodes the region again by a specified |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1057 coding system. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1058 |
62187 | 1059 *** The new command `recode-file-name' changes the encoding of the name |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1060 of a file. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1061 |
62187 | 1062 *** New command `ucs-insert' inserts a character specified by its |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1063 unicode. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1064 |
62187 | 1065 *** The new command `set-file-name-coding-system' (C-x RET F) sets |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1066 coding system for encoding and decoding file names. A new menu item |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1067 (Options->Mule->Set Coding Systems->For File Name) invokes this |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1068 command. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1069 |
62187 | 1070 *** New command quail-show-key shows what key (or key sequence) to type |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1071 in the current input method to input a character at point. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1072 |
62187 | 1073 *** Limited support for character `unification' has been added. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1074 Emacs now knows how to translate between different representations of |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1075 the same characters in various Emacs charsets according to standard |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1076 Unicode mappings. This applies mainly to characters in the ISO 8859 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1077 sets plus some other 8-bit sets, but can be extended. For instance, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1078 translation works amongst the Emacs ...-iso8859-... charsets and the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1079 mule-unicode-... ones. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1080 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1081 By default this translation happens automatically on encoding. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1082 Self-inserting characters are translated to make the input conformant |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1083 with the encoding of the buffer in which it's being used, where |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1084 possible. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1085 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1086 You can force a more complete unification with the user option |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1087 unify-8859-on-decoding-mode. That maps all the Latin-N character sets |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1088 into Unicode characters (from the latin-iso8859-1 and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1089 mule-unicode-0100-24ff charsets) on decoding. Note that this mode |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1090 will often effectively clobber data with an iso-2022 encoding. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1091 |
77419 | 1092 *** New language environments (set up automatically according to the |
1093 locale): Belarusian, Bulgarian, Chinese-EUC-TW, Croatian, Esperanto, | |
1094 French, Georgian, Italian, Latin-7, Latvian, Lithuanian, Malayalam, | |
1095 Russian, Russian, Slovenian, Swedish, Tajik, Tamil, UTF-8,Ukrainian, | |
1096 Welsh,Latin-6, Windows-1255. | |
1097 | |
1098 *** New input methods: latin-alt-postfix, latin-postfix, latin-prefix, | |
1099 belarusian, bulgarian-bds, bulgarian-phonetic, chinese-sisheng (for | |
1100 Chinese Pinyin characters), croatian, dutch, georgian, latvian-keyboard, | |
1101 lithuanian-numeric, lithuanian-keyboard, malayalam-inscript, rfc1345, | |
1102 russian-computer, sgml, slovenian, tamil-inscript, ukrainian-computer, | |
1103 ucs, vietnamese-telex, welsh. | |
1104 | |
62187 | 1105 *** There is support for decoding Greek and Cyrillic characters into |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1106 either Unicode (the mule-unicode charsets) or the iso-8859 charsets, |
77419 | 1107 when possible. The latter are more space-efficient. |
1108 This is controlled by user option utf-fragment-on-decoding. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1109 |
62187 | 1110 *** Improved Thai support. A new minor mode `thai-word-mode' (which is |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1111 automatically activated if you select Thai as a language |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1112 environment) changes key bindings of most word-oriented commands to |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1113 versions which recognize Thai words. Affected commands are |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1114 M-f (forward-word) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1115 M-b (backward-word) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1116 M-d (kill-word) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1117 M-DEL (backward-kill-word) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1118 M-t (transpose-words) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1119 M-q (fill-paragraph) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1120 |
62187 | 1121 *** Indian support has been updated. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1122 The in-is13194 coding system is now Unicode-based. CDAC fonts are |
77419 | 1123 assumed. There is a framework for supporting various Indian scripts, |
1124 but currently only Devanagari, Malayalam and Tamil are supported. | |
62187 | 1125 |
1126 *** The utf-8/16 coding systems have been enhanced. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1127 By default, untranslatable utf-8 sequences are simply composed into |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1128 single quasi-characters. User option `utf-translate-cjk-mode' (it is |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1129 turned on by default) arranges to translate many utf-8 CJK character |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1130 sequences into real Emacs characters in a similar way to the Mule-UCS |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1131 system. As this loads a fairly big data on demand, people who are not |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1132 interested in CJK characters may want to customize it to nil. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1133 You can augment/amend the CJK translation via hash tables |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1134 `ucs-mule-cjk-to-unicode' and `ucs-unicode-to-mule-cjk'. The utf-8 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1135 coding system now also encodes characters from most of Emacs's |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1136 one-dimensional internal charsets, specifically the ISO-8859 ones. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1137 The utf-16 coding system is affected similarly. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1138 |
77419 | 1139 *** A UTF-7 coding system is available in the library `utf-7'. |
1140 | |
62187 | 1141 *** A new coding system `euc-tw' has been added for traditional Chinese |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1142 in CNS encoding; it accepts both Big 5 and CNS as input; on saving, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1143 Big 5 is then converted to CNS. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1144 |
64733
7dba5e116596
Fix the entry describing code-pages.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
64595
diff
changeset
|
1145 *** Many new coding systems are available in the `code-pages' library. |
7dba5e116596
Fix the entry describing code-pages.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
64595
diff
changeset
|
1146 These include complete versions of most of those in codepage.el, based |
7dba5e116596
Fix the entry describing code-pages.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
64595
diff
changeset
|
1147 on Unicode mappings. `codepage-setup' is now obsolete and is used |
7dba5e116596
Fix the entry describing code-pages.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
64595
diff
changeset
|
1148 only in the MS-DOS port of Emacs. All coding systems defined in |
7dba5e116596
Fix the entry describing code-pages.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
64595
diff
changeset
|
1149 `code-pages' are auto-loaded. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1150 |
62187 | 1151 *** New variable `utf-translate-cjk-unicode-range' controls which |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1152 Unicode characters to translate in `utf-translate-cjk-mode'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1153 |
62187 | 1154 *** iso-10646-1 (`Unicode') fonts can be used to display any range of |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1155 characters encodable by the utf-8 coding system. Just specify the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1156 fontset appropriately. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1157 |
62187 | 1158 ** Customize changes: |
1159 | |
65351
c117ff39102e
Added custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65248
diff
changeset
|
1160 *** Custom themes are collections of customize options. Create a |
c117ff39102e
Added custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65248
diff
changeset
|
1161 custom theme with M-x customize-create-theme. Use M-x load-theme to |
c117ff39102e
Added custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65248
diff
changeset
|
1162 load and enable a theme, and M-x disable-theme to disable it. Use M-x |
69643 | 1163 enable-theme to enable a disabled theme. |
65351
c117ff39102e
Added custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65248
diff
changeset
|
1164 |
62187 | 1165 *** The commands M-x customize-face and M-x customize-face-other-window |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1166 now look at the character after point. If a face or faces are |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1167 specified for that character, the commands by default customize those |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1168 faces. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1169 |
62187 | 1170 *** The face-customization widget has been reworked to be less confusing. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1171 In particular, when you enable a face attribute using the corresponding |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1172 check-box, there's no longer a redundant `*' option in value selection |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1173 for that attribute; the values you can choose are only those which make |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1174 sense for the attribute. When an attribute is de-selected by unchecking |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1175 its check-box, then the (now ignored, but still present temporarily in |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1176 case you re-select the attribute) value is hidden. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1177 |
62187 | 1178 *** When you set or reset a variable's value in a Customize buffer, |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1179 the previous value becomes the "backup value" of the variable. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1180 You can go back to that backup value by selecting "Use Backup Value" |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1181 under the "[State]" button. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1182 |
62187 | 1183 ** Buffer Menu changes: |
1184 | |
1185 *** New command `Buffer-menu-toggle-files-only' toggles display of file | |
68070 | 1186 buffers only in the Buffer Menu. It is bound to T in Buffer Menu |
62187 | 1187 mode. |
1188 | |
1189 *** `buffer-menu' and `list-buffers' now list buffers whose names begin | |
1190 with a space, when those buffers are visiting files. Normally buffers | |
1191 whose names begin with space are omitted. | |
1192 | |
1193 *** The new options `buffers-menu-show-directories' and | |
1194 `buffers-menu-show-status' let you control how buffers are displayed | |
1195 in the menu dropped down when you click "Buffers" from the menu bar. | |
1196 | |
1197 `buffers-menu-show-directories' controls whether the menu displays | |
1198 leading directories as part of the file name visited by the buffer. | |
1199 If its value is `unless-uniquify', the default, directories are | |
1200 shown unless uniquify-buffer-name-style' is non-nil. The value of nil | |
1201 and t turn the display of directories off and on, respectively. | |
1202 | |
1203 `buffers-menu-show-status' controls whether the Buffers menu includes | |
1204 the modified and read-only status of the buffers. By default it is | |
1205 t, and the status is shown. | |
1206 | |
1207 Setting these variables directly does not take effect until next time | |
1208 the Buffers menu is regenerated. | |
1209 | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1210 ** Dired mode: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1211 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1212 *** New faces dired-header, dired-mark, dired-marked, dired-flagged, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1213 dired-ignored, dired-directory, dired-symlink, dired-warning |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1214 introduced for Dired mode instead of font-lock faces. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1215 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1216 *** New Dired command `dired-compare-directories' marks files |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1217 with different file attributes in two dired buffers. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1218 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1219 *** New Dired command `dired-do-touch' (bound to T) changes timestamps |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1220 of marked files with the value entered in the minibuffer. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1221 |
70804
f9fc135ed521
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70788
diff
changeset
|
1222 *** The Dired command `dired-goto-file' is now bound to j, not M-g. |
f9fc135ed521
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70788
diff
changeset
|
1223 This is to avoid hiding the global key binding of M-g. |
f9fc135ed521
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70788
diff
changeset
|
1224 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1225 *** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1226 control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1227 by whitespace. This means you can now use them as shell wildcards |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1228 too. If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the |
69643 | 1229 double quotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1230 special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1231 |
70804
f9fc135ed521
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70788
diff
changeset
|
1232 *** In Dired, the w command now stores the current line's file name |
f9fc135ed521
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70788
diff
changeset
|
1233 into the kill ring. With a zero prefix arg, it stores the absolute file name. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1234 |
62187 | 1235 *** In Dired-x, Omitting files is now a minor mode, dired-omit-mode. |
1236 | |
1237 The mode toggling command is bound to M-o. A new command | |
1238 dired-mark-omitted, bound to * O, marks omitted files. The variable | |
1239 dired-omit-files-p is obsoleted, use the mode toggling function | |
1240 instead. | |
1241 | |
1242 *** The variables dired-free-space-program and dired-free-space-args | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1243 have been renamed to directory-free-space-program and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1244 directory-free-space-args, and they now apply whenever Emacs puts a |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1245 directory listing into a buffer. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1246 |
62187 | 1247 ** Comint changes: |
1248 | |
1249 *** The comint prompt can now be made read-only, using the new user | |
55302
56bb135eddf9
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55252
diff
changeset
|
1250 option `comint-prompt-read-only'. This is not enabled by default, |
56bb135eddf9
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55252
diff
changeset
|
1251 except in IELM buffers. The read-only status of IELM prompts can be |
56bb135eddf9
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55252
diff
changeset
|
1252 controlled with the new user option `ielm-prompt-read-only', which |
55303
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1253 overrides `comint-prompt-read-only'. |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1254 |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1255 The new commands `comint-kill-whole-line' and `comint-kill-region' |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1256 support editing comint buffers with read-only prompts. |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1257 |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1258 `comint-kill-whole-line' is like `kill-whole-line', but ignores both |
56445
3663dabe18b8
Minor cleanups in text.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
56441
diff
changeset
|
1259 read-only and field properties. Hence, it always kill entire |
55303
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1260 lines, including any prompts. |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1261 |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1262 `comint-kill-region' is like `kill-region', except that it ignores |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1263 read-only properties, if it is safe to do so. This means that if any |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1264 part of a prompt is deleted, then the entire prompt must be deleted |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1265 and that all prompts must stay at the beginning of a line. If this is |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1266 not the case, then `comint-kill-region' behaves just like |
66414
45648bb291a5
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
66407
diff
changeset
|
1267 `kill-region' if read-only properties are involved: it copies the text |
45648bb291a5
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
66407
diff
changeset
|
1268 to the kill-ring, but does not delete it. |
55126
224d1d1861bb
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55079
diff
changeset
|
1269 |
62187 | 1270 *** The new command `comint-insert-previous-argument' in comint-derived |
68070 | 1271 modes (shell-mode, etc.) inserts arguments from previous command lines, |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1272 like bash's `ESC .' binding. It is bound by default to `C-c .', but |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1273 otherwise behaves quite similarly to the bash version. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1274 |
62187 | 1275 *** `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' has been renamed |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1276 `comint-use-prompt-regexp'. The old name has been kept as an alias, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1277 but declared obsolete. |
55069
862a221ef112
New next-error framework, use in occur.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55053
diff
changeset
|
1278 |
77419 | 1279 *** The new INSIDE_EMACS environment variable is set to "t" in subshells |
1280 running inside Emacs. This supersedes the EMACS environment variable, | |
1281 which will be removed in a future Emacs release. Programs that need | |
1282 to know whether they are started inside Emacs should check INSIDE_EMACS | |
1283 instead of EMACS. | |
72833
81a55a7dc3c3
* etc/NEWS: In terminal-oriented subshells, the EMACS environment
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
72782
diff
changeset
|
1284 |
62187 | 1285 ** M-x Compile changes: |
1286 | |
1287 *** M-x compile has become more robust and reliable | |
54648
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1288 |
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1289 Quite a few more kinds of messages are recognized. Messages that are |
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1290 recognized as warnings or informational come in orange or green, instead of |
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1291 red. Informational messages are by default skipped with `next-error' |
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1292 (controlled by `compilation-skip-threshold'). |
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1293 |
54677
bf0752d84f5a
message deletion note added to M-x compile
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54652
diff
changeset
|
1294 Location data is collected on the fly as the *compilation* buffer changes. |
bf0752d84f5a
message deletion note added to M-x compile
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54652
diff
changeset
|
1295 This means you could modify messages to make them point to different files. |
bf0752d84f5a
message deletion note added to M-x compile
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54652
diff
changeset
|
1296 This also means you can not go to locations of messages you may have deleted. |
bf0752d84f5a
message deletion note added to M-x compile
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54652
diff
changeset
|
1297 |
54648
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1298 The variable `compilation-error-regexp-alist' has now become customizable. If |
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1299 you had added your own regexps to this, you'll probably need to include a |
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1300 leading `^', otherwise they'll match anywhere on a line. There is now also a |
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1301 `compilation-mode-font-lock-keywords' and it nicely handles all the checks |
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1302 that configure outputs and -o options so you see at a glance where you are. |
54381
a9355221b2b4
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
54358
diff
changeset
|
1303 |
a9355221b2b4
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
54358
diff
changeset
|
1304 The new file etc/compilation.txt gives examples of each type of message. |
a9355221b2b4
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
54358
diff
changeset
|
1305 |
57024
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1306 *** New user option `compilation-environment'. |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1307 This option allows you to specify environment variables for inferior |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1308 compilation processes without affecting the environment that all |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1309 subprocesses inherit. |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1310 |
65054
66bd777e615c
Mention compilation-disable-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
65035
diff
changeset
|
1311 *** New user option `compilation-disable-input'. |
66bd777e615c
Mention compilation-disable-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
65035
diff
changeset
|
1312 If this is non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input. |
66bd777e615c
Mention compilation-disable-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
65035
diff
changeset
|
1313 |
62187 | 1314 *** New options `next-error-highlight' and `next-error-highlight-no-select' |
1315 specify the method of highlighting of the corresponding source line | |
1316 in new face `next-error'. | |
1317 | |
1318 *** A new minor mode `next-error-follow-minor-mode' can be used in | |
1319 compilation-mode, grep-mode, occur-mode, and diff-mode (i.e. all the | |
1320 modes that can use `next-error'). In this mode, cursor motion in the | |
1321 buffer causes automatic display in another window of the corresponding | |
1322 matches, compilation errors, etc. This minor mode can be toggled with | |
1323 C-c C-f. | |
1324 | |
62383
fab51647537d
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62382
diff
changeset
|
1325 *** When the left fringe is displayed, an arrow points to current message in |
fab51647537d
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62382
diff
changeset
|
1326 the compilation buffer. |
62382
18df216f4b3a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62354
diff
changeset
|
1327 |
18df216f4b3a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62354
diff
changeset
|
1328 *** The new variable `compilation-context-lines' controls lines of leading |
18df216f4b3a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62354
diff
changeset
|
1329 context before the current message. If nil and the left fringe is displayed, |
18df216f4b3a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62354
diff
changeset
|
1330 it doesn't scroll the compilation output window. If there is no left fringe, |
18df216f4b3a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62354
diff
changeset
|
1331 no arrow is displayed and a value of nil means display the message at the top |
18df216f4b3a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62354
diff
changeset
|
1332 of the window. |
18df216f4b3a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62354
diff
changeset
|
1333 |
62187 | 1334 ** Occur mode changes: |
1335 | |
1336 *** In the *Occur* buffer, `o' switches to it in another window, and | |
1337 C-o displays the current line's occurrence in another window without | |
1338 switching to it. | |
1339 | |
1340 *** You can now use next-error (C-x `) and previous-error to advance to | |
1341 the next/previous matching line found by M-x occur. | |
1342 | |
1343 *** The new command `multi-occur' is just like `occur', except it can | |
1344 search multiple buffers. There is also a new command | |
68518
cf867c84ce1f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68451
diff
changeset
|
1345 `multi-occur-in-matching-buffers' which allows you to specify the |
cf867c84ce1f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68451
diff
changeset
|
1346 buffers to search by their filenames or buffer names. Internally, |
cf867c84ce1f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68451
diff
changeset
|
1347 Occur mode has been rewritten, and now uses font-lock, among other |
cf867c84ce1f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68451
diff
changeset
|
1348 changes. |
62187 | 1349 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
1350 ** Grep changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
1351 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
1352 *** Grep has been decoupled from compilation mode setup. |
57024
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1353 |
62187 | 1354 There's a new separate package grep.el, with its own submenu and |
1355 customization group. | |
1356 | |
70260 | 1357 *** `grep-find' is now also available under the name `find-grep' where |
1358 people knowing `find-grep-dired' would probably expect it. | |
1359 | |
1360 *** New commands `lgrep' (local grep) and `rgrep' (recursive grep) are | |
1361 more user-friendly versions of `grep' and `grep-find', which prompt | |
1362 separately for the regular expression to match, the files to search, | |
77138 | 1363 and the base directory for the search. Case sensitivity of the |
75879 | 1364 search is controlled by the current value of `case-fold-search'. |
70260 | 1365 |
1366 These commands build the shell commands based on the new variables | |
1367 `grep-template' (lgrep) and `grep-find-template' (rgrep). | |
1368 | |
1369 The files to search can use aliases defined in `grep-files-aliases'. | |
1370 | |
1371 Subdirectories listed in `grep-find-ignored-directories' such as those | |
1372 typically used by various version control systems, like CVS and arch, | |
1373 are automatically skipped by `rgrep'. | |
1374 | |
1375 *** The grep commands provide highlighting support. | |
54381
a9355221b2b4
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
54358
diff
changeset
|
1376 |
a9355221b2b4
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
54358
diff
changeset
|
1377 Hits are fontified in green, and hits in binary files in orange. Grep buffers |
62187 | 1378 can be saved and automatically revisited. |
57024
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1379 |
70260 | 1380 *** The new variables `grep-window-height' and `grep-scroll-output' override |
1381 the corresponding compilation mode settings, for grep commands only. | |
57024
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1382 |
69643 | 1383 *** New option `grep-highlight-matches' highlights matches in *grep* |
57024
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1384 buffer. It uses a special feature of some grep programs which accept |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1385 --color option to output markers around matches. When going to the next |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1386 match with `next-error' the exact match is highlighted in the source |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1387 buffer. Otherwise, if `grep-highlight-matches' is nil, the whole |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1388 source line is highlighted. |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1389 |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1390 *** New key bindings in grep output window: |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1391 SPC and DEL scrolls window up and down. C-n and C-p moves to next and |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1392 previous match in the grep window. RET jumps to the source line of |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1393 the current match. `n' and `p' shows next and previous match in |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1394 other window, but does not switch buffer. `{' and `}' jumps to the |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1395 previous or next file in the grep output. TAB also jumps to the next |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1396 file. |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1397 |
62187 | 1398 *** M-x grep now tries to avoid appending `/dev/null' to the command line |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1399 by using GNU grep `-H' option instead. M-x grep automatically |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1400 detects whether this is possible or not the first time it is invoked. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1401 When `-H' is used, the grep command line supplied by the user is passed |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1402 unchanged to the system to execute, which allows more complicated |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1403 command lines to be used than was possible before. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1404 |
62043 | 1405 ** X Windows Support: |
1406 | |
1407 *** Emacs now supports drag and drop for X. Dropping a file on a window | |
1408 opens it, dropping text inserts the text. Dropping a file on a dired | |
1409 buffer copies or moves the file to that directory. | |
1410 | |
1411 *** Under X11, it is possible to swap Alt and Meta (and Super and Hyper). | |
1412 The new variables `x-alt-keysym', `x-hyper-keysym', `x-meta-keysym', | |
1413 and `x-super-keysym' can be used to choose which keysyms Emacs should | |
1414 use for the modifiers. For example, the following two lines swap | |
1415 Meta and Alt: | |
1416 (setq x-alt-keysym 'meta) | |
1417 (setq x-meta-keysym 'alt) | |
1418 | |
62187 | 1419 *** The X resource useXIM can be used to turn off use of XIM, which can |
62043 | 1420 speed up Emacs with slow networking to the X server. |
1421 | |
1422 If the configure option `--without-xim' was used to turn off use of | |
1423 XIM by default, the X resource useXIM can be used to turn it on. | |
1424 | |
1425 *** The new variable `x-select-request-type' controls how Emacs | |
1426 requests X selection. The default value is nil, which means that | |
1427 Emacs requests X selection with types COMPOUND_TEXT and UTF8_STRING, | |
1428 and use the more appropriately result. | |
1429 | |
1430 *** The scrollbar under LessTif or Motif has a smoother drag-scrolling. | |
1431 On the other hand, the size of the thumb does not represent the actual | |
1432 amount of text shown any more (only a crude approximation of it). | |
1433 | |
1434 ** Xterm support: | |
1435 | |
68387
ee1488acdc41
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
68338
diff
changeset
|
1436 *** If you enable Xterm Mouse mode, Emacs will respond to mouse clicks |
ee1488acdc41
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
68338
diff
changeset
|
1437 on the mode line, header line and display margin, when run in an xterm. |
62043 | 1438 |
1439 *** Improved key bindings support when running in an xterm. | |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
1440 When Emacs is running in an xterm more key bindings are available. |
75187 | 1441 The following should work: |
62043 | 1442 {C,S,C-S,A}-{right,left,up,down,prior,next,delete,insert,F1-12}. |
76201
19592a6d1649
*** empty log message ***
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
76059
diff
changeset
|
1443 These key bindings work on xterm from X.org 6.8 (and later versions), |
19592a6d1649
*** empty log message ***
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
76059
diff
changeset
|
1444 they might not work on some older versions of xterm, or on some |
76247
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
1445 proprietary versions. |
76201
19592a6d1649
*** empty log message ***
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
76059
diff
changeset
|
1446 The various keys generated by xterm when the "modifyOtherKeys" |
19592a6d1649
*** empty log message ***
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
76059
diff
changeset
|
1447 resource is set are also supported. |
62043 | 1448 |
62187 | 1449 ** Character terminal color support changes: |
62043 | 1450 |
1451 *** The new command-line option --color=MODE lets you specify a standard | |
1452 mode for a tty color support. It is meant to be used on character | |
1453 terminals whose capabilities are not set correctly in the terminal | |
1454 database, or with terminal emulators which support colors, but don't | |
1455 set the TERM environment variable to a name of a color-capable | |
1456 terminal. "emacs --color" uses the same color commands as GNU `ls' | |
1457 when invoked with "ls --color", so if your terminal can support colors | |
1458 in "ls --color", it will support "emacs --color" as well. See the | |
1459 user manual for the possible values of the MODE parameter. | |
1460 | |
1461 *** Emacs now supports several character terminals which provide more | |
1462 than 8 colors. For example, for `xterm', 16-color, 88-color, and | |
1463 256-color modes are supported. Emacs automatically notes at startup | |
1464 the extended number of colors, and defines the appropriate entries for | |
1465 all of these colors. | |
1466 | |
1467 *** Emacs now uses the full range of available colors for the default | |
1468 faces when running on a color terminal, including 16-, 88-, and | |
1469 256-color xterms. This means that when you run "emacs -nw" on an | |
1470 88-color or 256-color xterm, you will see essentially the same face | |
1471 colors as on X. | |
1472 | |
1473 *** There's a new support for colors on `rxvt' terminal emulator. | |
77419 | 1474 |
1475 ** ebnf2ps changes: | |
1476 | |
1477 *** New option `ebnf-arrow-extra-width' which specify extra width for arrow | |
1478 shape drawing. | |
1479 The extra width is used to avoid that the arrowhead and the terminal border | |
1480 overlap. It depends on `ebnf-arrow-shape' and `ebnf-line-width'. | |
1481 | |
1482 *** New option `ebnf-arrow-scale' which specify the arrow scale. | |
1483 Values lower than 1.0, shrink the arrow. | |
1484 Values greater than 1.0, expand the arrow. | |
62187 | 1485 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
1486 * New Modes and Packages in Emacs 22.1 |
62187 | 1487 |
68451
fc745b05e928
Revision: emacs@sv.gnu.org/emacs--devo--0--patch-22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
68387
diff
changeset
|
1488 ** ERC is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
fc745b05e928
Revision: emacs@sv.gnu.org/emacs--devo--0--patch-22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
68387
diff
changeset
|
1489 |
fc745b05e928
Revision: emacs@sv.gnu.org/emacs--devo--0--patch-22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
68387
diff
changeset
|
1490 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client for Emacs. |
fc745b05e928
Revision: emacs@sv.gnu.org/emacs--devo--0--patch-22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
68387
diff
changeset
|
1491 |
fc745b05e928
Revision: emacs@sv.gnu.org/emacs--devo--0--patch-22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
68387
diff
changeset
|
1492 To see what modules are available, type |
fc745b05e928
Revision: emacs@sv.gnu.org/emacs--devo--0--patch-22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
68387
diff
changeset
|
1493 M-x customize-option erc-modules RET. |
fc745b05e928
Revision: emacs@sv.gnu.org/emacs--devo--0--patch-22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
68387
diff
changeset
|
1494 |
76563
68ddc580d34e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76291
diff
changeset
|
1495 To start an IRC session with ERC, type M-x erc, and follow the prompts |
68ddc580d34e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76291
diff
changeset
|
1496 for server, port, and nick. |
68451
fc745b05e928
Revision: emacs@sv.gnu.org/emacs--devo--0--patch-22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
68387
diff
changeset
|
1497 |
66251
b634f15a1cf9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66245
diff
changeset
|
1498 ** Rcirc is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
b634f15a1cf9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66245
diff
changeset
|
1499 |
b634f15a1cf9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66245
diff
changeset
|
1500 Rcirc is an Internet relay chat (IRC) client. It supports |
b634f15a1cf9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66245
diff
changeset
|
1501 simultaneous connections to multiple IRC servers. Each discussion |
b634f15a1cf9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66245
diff
changeset
|
1502 takes place in its own buffer. For each connection you can join |
b634f15a1cf9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66245
diff
changeset
|
1503 several channels (many-to-many) and participate in private |
b634f15a1cf9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66245
diff
changeset
|
1504 (one-to-one) chats. Both channel and private chats are contained in |
b634f15a1cf9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66245
diff
changeset
|
1505 separate buffers. |
b634f15a1cf9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66245
diff
changeset
|
1506 |
76563
68ddc580d34e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76291
diff
changeset
|
1507 To start an IRC session using the default parameters, type M-x irc. |
68ddc580d34e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76291
diff
changeset
|
1508 If you type C-u M-x irc, it prompts you for the server, nick, port and |
68ddc580d34e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76291
diff
changeset
|
1509 startup channel parameters before connecting. |
66251
b634f15a1cf9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66245
diff
changeset
|
1510 |
65543
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
1511 ** Newsticker is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
1512 |
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
1513 Newsticker asynchronously retrieves headlines (RSS) from a list of news |
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
1514 sites, prepares these headlines for reading, and allows for loading the |
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
1515 corresponding articles in a web browser. Its documentation is in a |
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
1516 separate manual. |
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
1517 |
66099
f284148b3d3f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66091
diff
changeset
|
1518 ** savehist saves minibuffer histories between sessions. |
66599
59a8de2d3c67
Replace (savehist-mode 1) for (savehist-load).
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
66555
diff
changeset
|
1519 To use this feature, turn on savehist-mode in your `.emacs' file. |
66099
f284148b3d3f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66091
diff
changeset
|
1520 |
62043 | 1521 ** Filesets are collections of files. You can define a fileset in |
1522 various ways, such as based on a directory tree or based on | |
1523 program files that include other program files. | |
1524 | |
1525 Once you have defined a fileset, you can perform various operations on | |
1526 all the files in it, such as visiting them or searching and replacing | |
1527 in them. | |
1528 | |
1529 ** Calc is now part of the Emacs distribution. | |
1530 | |
1531 Calc is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool written in | |
67271
d501300a9986
Add a comment about the Calc prefix.
Jay Belanger <jay.p.belanger@gmail.com>
parents:
67261
diff
changeset
|
1532 Emacs Lisp. The prefix for Calc has been changed to `C-x *' and Calc |
d501300a9986
Add a comment about the Calc prefix.
Jay Belanger <jay.p.belanger@gmail.com>
parents:
67261
diff
changeset
|
1533 can be started with `C-x * *'. The Calc manual is separate from the |
d501300a9986
Add a comment about the Calc prefix.
Jay Belanger <jay.p.belanger@gmail.com>
parents:
67261
diff
changeset
|
1534 Emacs manual; within Emacs, type "C-h i m calc RET" to read the |
d501300a9986
Add a comment about the Calc prefix.
Jay Belanger <jay.p.belanger@gmail.com>
parents:
67261
diff
changeset
|
1535 manual. A reference card is available in `etc/calccard.tex' and |
d501300a9986
Add a comment about the Calc prefix.
Jay Belanger <jay.p.belanger@gmail.com>
parents:
67261
diff
changeset
|
1536 `etc/calccard.ps'. |
62043 | 1537 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1538 ** The new package ibuffer provides a powerful, completely |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1539 customizable replacement for buff-menu.el. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1540 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1541 ** Ido mode is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1542 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1543 The ido (interactively do) package is an extension of the iswitchb |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1544 package to do interactive opening of files and directories in addition |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1545 to interactive buffer switching. Ido is a superset of iswitchb (with |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1546 a few exceptions), so don't enable both packages. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1547 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1548 ** Image files are normally visited in Image mode, which lets you toggle |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1549 between viewing the image and viewing the text using C-c C-c. |
62043 | 1550 |
1551 ** CUA mode is now part of the Emacs distribution. | |
1552 | |
1553 The new cua package provides CUA-like keybindings using C-x for | |
1554 cut (kill), C-c for copy, C-v for paste (yank), and C-z for undo. | |
1555 With cua, the region can be set and extended using shifted movement | |
1556 keys (like pc-selection-mode) and typed text replaces the active | |
1557 region (like delete-selection-mode). Do not enable these modes with | |
1558 cua-mode. Customize the variable `cua-mode' to enable cua. | |
1559 | |
76201
19592a6d1649
*** empty log message ***
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
76059
diff
changeset
|
1560 The cua-selection-mode enables the CUA keybindings for the region but |
19592a6d1649
*** empty log message ***
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
76059
diff
changeset
|
1561 does not change the bindings for C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v. It can be used as a |
19592a6d1649
*** empty log message ***
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
76059
diff
changeset
|
1562 replacement for pc-selection-mode. |
19592a6d1649
*** empty log message ***
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
76059
diff
changeset
|
1563 |
62043 | 1564 In addition, cua provides unified rectangle support with visible |
62451
ee6bad3fbaf7
Move rectangle mark from S-return to C-return.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
62408
diff
changeset
|
1565 rectangle highlighting: Use C-return to start a rectangle, extend it |
62043 | 1566 using the movement commands (or mouse-3), and cut or copy it using C-x |
1567 or C-c (using C-w and M-w also works). | |
1568 | |
1569 Use M-o and M-c to `open' or `close' the rectangle, use M-b or M-f, to | |
1570 fill it with blanks or another character, use M-u or M-l to upcase or | |
1571 downcase the rectangle, use M-i to increment the numbers in the | |
1572 rectangle, use M-n to fill the rectangle with a numeric sequence (such | |
1573 as 10 20 30...), use M-r to replace a regexp in the rectangle, and use | |
1574 M-' or M-/ to restrict command on the rectangle to a subset of the | |
1575 rows. See the commentary in cua-base.el for more rectangle commands. | |
1576 | |
1577 Cua also provides unified support for registers: Use a numeric | |
1578 prefix argument between 0 and 9, i.e. M-0 .. M-9, for C-x, C-c, and | |
1579 C-v to cut or copy into register 0-9, or paste from register 0-9. | |
1580 | |
1581 The last text deleted (not killed) is automatically stored in | |
1582 register 0. This includes text deleted by typing text. | |
1583 | |
1584 Finally, cua provides a global mark which is set using S-C-space. | |
1585 When the global mark is active, any text which is cut or copied is | |
1586 automatically inserted at the global mark position. See the | |
1587 commentary in cua-base.el for more global mark related commands. | |
1588 | |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
1589 The features of cua also works with the standard Emacs bindings for |
62043 | 1590 kill, copy, yank, and undo. If you want to use cua mode, but don't |
62187 | 1591 want the C-x, C-c, C-v, and C-z bindings, you can customize the |
62043 | 1592 `cua-enable-cua-keys' variable. |
1593 | |
1594 Note: This version of cua mode is not backwards compatible with older | |
1595 versions of cua.el and cua-mode.el. To ensure proper operation, you | |
1596 must remove older versions of cua.el or cua-mode.el as well as the | |
1597 loading and customization of those packages from the .emacs file. | |
1598 | |
63863 | 1599 ** Org mode is now part of the Emacs distribution |
1600 | |
1601 Org mode is a mode for keeping notes, maintaining ToDo lists, and | |
63844
0b93c09db258
Org-mode entry shortened.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63843
diff
changeset
|
1602 doing project planning with a fast and effective plain-text system. |
0b93c09db258
Org-mode entry shortened.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63843
diff
changeset
|
1603 It also contains a plain-text table editor with spreadsheet-like |
63839
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
1604 capabilities. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
1605 |
63863 | 1606 The Org mode table editor can be integrated into any major mode by |
63839
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
1607 activating the minor Orgtbl-mode. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
1608 |
63846
a8f32cc51b02
Still more fixes to the org-mode entry.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63844
diff
changeset
|
1609 The documentation for org-mode is in a separate manual; within Emacs, |
a8f32cc51b02
Still more fixes to the org-mode entry.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63844
diff
changeset
|
1610 type "C-h i m org RET" to read that manual. A reference card is |
a8f32cc51b02
Still more fixes to the org-mode entry.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63844
diff
changeset
|
1611 available in `etc/orgcard.tex' and `etc/orgcard.ps'. |
a8f32cc51b02
Still more fixes to the org-mode entry.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63844
diff
changeset
|
1612 |
72351
cf36b1a9d6b7
Mention that zone-mode.el is now obsolete.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
72251
diff
changeset
|
1613 ** The new package dns-mode.el adds syntax highlighting of DNS master files. |
cf36b1a9d6b7
Mention that zone-mode.el is now obsolete.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
72251
diff
changeset
|
1614 It is a modern replacement for zone-mode.el, which is now obsolete. |
62043 | 1615 |
1616 ** The new global minor mode `file-name-shadow-mode' modifies the way | |
1617 filenames being entered by the user in the minibuffer are displayed, so | |
1618 that it's clear when part of the entered filename will be ignored due to | |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
1619 Emacs' filename parsing rules. The ignored portion can be made dim, |
69643 | 1620 invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable. The display method can |
62043 | 1621 be displayed by customizing the variable `file-name-shadow-properties'. |
1622 | |
1623 ** The new package flymake.el does on-the-fly syntax checking of program | |
1624 source files. See the Flymake's Info manual for more details. | |
1625 | |
1626 ** The new keypad setup package provides several common bindings for | |
1627 the numeric keypad which is available on most keyboards. The numeric | |
1628 keypad typically has the digits 0 to 9, a decimal point, keys marked | |
1629 +, -, /, and *, an Enter key, and a NumLock toggle key. The keypad | |
1630 package only controls the use of the digit and decimal keys. | |
1631 | |
1632 By customizing the variables `keypad-setup', `keypad-shifted-setup', | |
1633 `keypad-numlock-setup', and `keypad-numlock-shifted-setup', or by | |
1634 using the function `keypad-setup', you can rebind all digit keys and | |
1635 the decimal key of the keypad in one step for each of the four | |
1636 possible combinations of the Shift key state (not pressed/pressed) and | |
1637 the NumLock toggle state (off/on). | |
1638 | |
1639 The choices for the keypad keys in each of the above states are: | |
1640 `Plain numeric keypad' where the keys generates plain digits, | |
1641 `Numeric keypad with decimal key' where the character produced by the | |
1642 decimal key can be customized individually (for internationalization), | |
1643 `Numeric Prefix Arg' where the keypad keys produce numeric prefix args | |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
1644 for Emacs editing commands, `Cursor keys' and `Shifted Cursor keys' |
62043 | 1645 where the keys work like (shifted) arrow keys, home/end, etc., and |
1646 `Unspecified/User-defined' where the keypad keys (kp-0, kp-1, etc.) | |
1647 are left unspecified and can be bound individually through the global | |
1648 or local keymaps. | |
1649 | |
74545 | 1650 ** Emacs' keyboard macro facilities have been enhanced by the new |
1651 kmacro package. | |
1652 | |
1653 Keyboard macros are now defined and executed via the F3 and F4 keys: | |
62043 | 1654 F3 starts a macro, F4 ends the macro, and pressing F4 again executes |
1655 the last macro. While defining the macro, F3 inserts a counter value | |
1656 which automatically increments every time the macro is executed. | |
1657 | |
1658 There is now a keyboard macro ring which stores the most recently | |
1659 defined macros. | |
1660 | |
1661 The C-x C-k sequence is now a prefix for the kmacro keymap which | |
1662 defines bindings for moving through the keyboard macro ring, | |
1663 C-x C-k C-p and C-x C-k C-n, editing the last macro C-x C-k C-e, | |
1664 manipulating the macro counter and format via C-x C-k C-c, | |
1665 C-x C-k C-a, and C-x C-k C-f. See the commentary in kmacro.el | |
1666 for more commands. | |
1667 | |
74545 | 1668 The original macro bindings C-x (, C-x ), and C-x e are still |
1669 available, but they now interface to the keyboard macro ring too. | |
62043 | 1670 |
1671 The C-x e command now automatically terminates the current macro | |
1672 before calling it, if used while defining a macro. | |
1673 | |
1674 In addition, when ending or calling a macro with C-x e, the macro can | |
1675 be repeated immediately by typing just the `e'. You can customize | |
64990 | 1676 this behavior via the variables kmacro-call-repeat-key and |
62043 | 1677 kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg. |
1678 | |
1679 Keyboard macros can now be debugged and edited interactively. | |
1680 C-x C-k SPC steps through the last keyboard macro one key sequence | |
1681 at a time, prompting for the actions to take. | |
1682 | |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1683 ** New minor mode, Visible mode, toggles invisibility in the current buffer. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1684 When enabled, it makes all invisible text visible. When disabled, it |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1685 restores the previous value of `buffer-invisibility-spec'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1686 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1687 ** The wdired.el package allows you to use normal editing commands on Dired |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1688 buffers to change filenames, permissions, etc... |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1689 |
62043 | 1690 ** The new package longlines.el provides a minor mode for editing text |
1691 files composed of long lines, based on the `use-hard-newlines' | |
1692 mechanism. The long lines are broken up by inserting soft newlines, | |
1693 which are automatically removed when saving the file to disk or | |
1694 copying into the kill ring, clipboard, etc. By default, Longlines | |
1695 mode inserts soft newlines automatically during editing, a behavior | |
1696 referred to as "soft word wrap" in other text editors. This is | |
1697 similar to Refill mode, but more reliable. To turn the word wrap | |
1698 feature off, set `longlines-auto-wrap' to nil. | |
1699 | |
1700 ** The printing package is now part of the Emacs distribution. | |
1701 | |
1702 If you enable the printing package by including (require 'printing) in | |
1703 the .emacs file, the normal Print item on the File menu is replaced | |
1704 with a Print sub-menu which allows you to preview output through | |
1705 ghostview, use ghostscript to print (if you don't have a PostScript | |
1706 printer) or send directly to printer a PostScript code generated by | |
1707 `ps-print' package. Use M-x pr-help for more information. | |
1708 | |
1709 ** The minor mode Reveal mode makes text visible on the fly as you | |
1710 move your cursor into hidden regions of the buffer. | |
1711 It should work with any package that uses overlays to hide parts | |
1712 of a buffer, such as outline-minor-mode, hs-minor-mode, hide-ifdef-mode, ... | |
1713 | |
1714 There is also Global Reveal mode which affects all buffers. | |
1715 | |
1716 ** The ruler-mode.el library provides a minor mode for displaying an | |
1717 "active" ruler in the header line. You can use the mouse to visually | |
1718 change the `fill-column', `window-margins' and `tab-stop-list' | |
1719 settings. | |
1720 | |
1721 ** SES mode (ses-mode) is a new major mode for creating and editing | |
1722 spreadsheet files. Besides the usual Emacs features (intuitive command | |
1723 letters, undo, cell formulas in Lisp, plaintext files, etc.) it also offers | |
1724 viral immunity and import/export of tab-separated values. | |
1725 | |
1726 ** The new global minor mode `size-indication-mode' (off by default) | |
1727 shows the size of accessible part of the buffer on the mode line. | |
1728 | |
1729 ** The new package table.el implements editable, WYSIWYG, embedded | |
1730 `text tables' in Emacs buffers. It simulates the effect of putting | |
1731 these tables in a special major mode. The package emulates WYSIWYG | |
1732 table editing available in modern word processors. The package also | |
1733 can generate a table source in typesetting and markup languages such | |
1734 as latex and html from the visually laid out text table. | |
1735 | |
77415
d39a6250b38d
tumme.el is now image-dired.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77394
diff
changeset
|
1736 ** The image-dired.el package allows you to easily view, tag and in |
77394
00feafb6aed4
Rename "tumme" to "thumbnails".
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77350
diff
changeset
|
1737 other ways manipulate image files and their thumbnails, using dired as |
77415
d39a6250b38d
tumme.el is now image-dired.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77394
diff
changeset
|
1738 the main interface. Image-Dired provides functionality to generate |
77394
00feafb6aed4
Rename "tumme" to "thumbnails".
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77350
diff
changeset
|
1739 simple image galleries. |
62043 | 1740 |
1741 ** Tramp is now part of the distribution. | |
1742 | |
1743 This package is similar to Ange-FTP: it allows you to edit remote | |
1744 files. But whereas Ange-FTP uses FTP to access the remote host, | |
1745 Tramp uses a shell connection. The shell connection is always used | |
1746 for filename completion and directory listings and suchlike, but for | |
1747 the actual file transfer, you can choose between the so-called | |
1748 `inline' methods (which transfer the files through the shell | |
1749 connection using base64 or uu encoding) and the `out-of-band' methods | |
1750 (which invoke an external copying program such as `rcp' or `scp' or | |
1751 `rsync' to do the copying). | |
1752 | |
1753 Shell connections can be acquired via `rsh', `ssh', `telnet' and also | |
1754 `su' and `sudo'. Ange-FTP is still supported via the `ftp' method. | |
1755 | |
1756 If you want to disable Tramp you should set | |
1757 | |
1758 (setq tramp-default-method "ftp") | |
1759 | |
68338
e859705d4b05
* etc/NEWS: tramp can be removed by M-x tramp-unload-tramp.
Michael Albinus <michael.albinus@gmx.de>
parents:
68239
diff
changeset
|
1760 Removing Tramp, and re-enabling Ange-FTP, can be achieved by M-x |
e859705d4b05
* etc/NEWS: tramp can be removed by M-x tramp-unload-tramp.
Michael Albinus <michael.albinus@gmx.de>
parents:
68239
diff
changeset
|
1761 tramp-unload-tramp. |
e859705d4b05
* etc/NEWS: tramp can be removed by M-x tramp-unload-tramp.
Michael Albinus <michael.albinus@gmx.de>
parents:
68239
diff
changeset
|
1762 |
62043 | 1763 ** The URL package (which had been part of W3) is now part of Emacs. |
1764 | |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1765 ** `cfengine-mode' is a major mode for editing GNU Cfengine |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1766 configuration files. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1767 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1768 ** The new package conf-mode.el handles thousands of configuration files, with |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1769 varying syntaxes for comments (;, #, //, /* */ or !), assignment (var = value, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1770 var : value, var value or keyword var value) and sections ([section] or |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1771 section { }). Many files under /etc/, or with suffixes like .cf through |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1772 .config, .properties (Java), .desktop (KDE/Gnome), .ini and many others are |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1773 recognized. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1774 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1775 ** GDB-Script-mode is used for files like .gdbinit. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1776 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
1777 ** The TCL package tcl-mode.el was replaced by tcl.el. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
1778 This was actually done in Emacs-21.1, and was not documented. |
65035
126c81827d58
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64990
diff
changeset
|
1779 |
126c81827d58
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64990
diff
changeset
|
1780 ** The new package scroll-lock.el provides the Scroll Lock minor mode |
126c81827d58
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64990
diff
changeset
|
1781 for pager-like scrolling. Keys which normally move point by line or |
126c81827d58
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64990
diff
changeset
|
1782 paragraph will scroll the buffer by the respective amount of lines |
126c81827d58
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64990
diff
changeset
|
1783 instead and point will be kept vertically fixed relative to window |
126c81827d58
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64990
diff
changeset
|
1784 boundaries during scrolling. |
70140
e7260a496ebf
Mention t-mouse.el. Touch up description of gdb-ui.el.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
69947
diff
changeset
|
1785 |
e7260a496ebf
Mention t-mouse.el. Touch up description of gdb-ui.el.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
69947
diff
changeset
|
1786 ** The file t-mouse.el is now part of Emacs and provides access to mouse |
e7260a496ebf
Mention t-mouse.el. Touch up description of gdb-ui.el.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
69947
diff
changeset
|
1787 events from the console. It still requires gpm to work but has been updated |
75187 | 1788 for Emacs 22. In particular, the mode-line is now position sensitive. |
62043 | 1789 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
1790 * Changes in Specialized Modes and Packages in Emacs 22.1: |
62043 | 1791 |
74942
a43c76e18f3b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74854
diff
changeset
|
1792 ** Changes in Shell Mode |
a43c76e18f3b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74854
diff
changeset
|
1793 |
a43c76e18f3b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74854
diff
changeset
|
1794 *** Shell output normally scrolls so that the input line is at the |
a43c76e18f3b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74854
diff
changeset
|
1795 bottom of the window -- thus showing the maximum possible text. (This |
a43c76e18f3b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74854
diff
changeset
|
1796 is similar to the way sequential output to a terminal works.) |
a43c76e18f3b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74854
diff
changeset
|
1797 |
68736
c148e236989d
Keybindings for Tumme in Dired.
Mathias Dahl <mathias.dahl@gmail.com>
parents:
68640
diff
changeset
|
1798 ** Changes in Dired |
69643 | 1799 |
77416
f373262c10e2
*** Bindings for Image-Dired added
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77415
diff
changeset
|
1800 *** Bindings for Image-Dired added |
68736
c148e236989d
Keybindings for Tumme in Dired.
Mathias Dahl <mathias.dahl@gmail.com>
parents:
68640
diff
changeset
|
1801 Several new keybindings, all starting with the C-t prefix, have been |
77416
f373262c10e2
*** Bindings for Image-Dired added
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77415
diff
changeset
|
1802 added to Dired. They are all bound to commands in Image-Dired. As a |
77394
00feafb6aed4
Rename "tumme" to "thumbnails".
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77350
diff
changeset
|
1803 starting point, mark some image files in a dired buffer and do C-t d |
00feafb6aed4
Rename "tumme" to "thumbnails".
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77350
diff
changeset
|
1804 to display thumbnails of them in a separate buffer. |
69643 | 1805 |
1806 ** Changes in Hi Lock | |
67477
e4e7224e3873
hi-lock-mode is now buffer local, use global-hi-lock-mode instead.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67397
diff
changeset
|
1807 |
e4e7224e3873
hi-lock-mode is now buffer local, use global-hi-lock-mode instead.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67397
diff
changeset
|
1808 *** hi-lock-mode now only affects a single buffer, and a new function |
e4e7224e3873
hi-lock-mode is now buffer local, use global-hi-lock-mode instead.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67397
diff
changeset
|
1809 `global-hi-lock-mode' enables Hi Lock in all buffers. By default, if |
e4e7224e3873
hi-lock-mode is now buffer local, use global-hi-lock-mode instead.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67397
diff
changeset
|
1810 hi-lock-mode is used in what appears to be the initialization file, a |
e4e7224e3873
hi-lock-mode is now buffer local, use global-hi-lock-mode instead.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67397
diff
changeset
|
1811 warning message suggests to use global-hi-lock-mode instead. However, |
e4e7224e3873
hi-lock-mode is now buffer local, use global-hi-lock-mode instead.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67397
diff
changeset
|
1812 if the new variable `hi-lock-archaic-interface-deduce' is non-nil, |
e4e7224e3873
hi-lock-mode is now buffer local, use global-hi-lock-mode instead.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67397
diff
changeset
|
1813 using hi-lock-mode in an initialization file will turn on Hi Lock in all |
e4e7224e3873
hi-lock-mode is now buffer local, use global-hi-lock-mode instead.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67397
diff
changeset
|
1814 buffers and no warning will be issued (for compatibility with the |
e4e7224e3873
hi-lock-mode is now buffer local, use global-hi-lock-mode instead.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67397
diff
changeset
|
1815 behavior in older versions of Emacs). |
e4e7224e3873
hi-lock-mode is now buffer local, use global-hi-lock-mode instead.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67397
diff
changeset
|
1816 |
66241 | 1817 ** Changes in Allout |
1818 | |
72919 | 1819 *** Some previously rough topic-header format edge cases are reconciled. |
1820 Level 1 topics use the mode's comment format, and lines starting with the | |
1821 asterisk - for instance, the comment close of some languages (eg, c's "*/" | |
1822 or mathematica's "*)") - at the beginning of line are no longer are | |
1823 interpreted as level 1 topics in those modes. | |
1824 | |
77138 | 1825 *** Many or most commonly occurring "accidental" topics are disqualified. |
72919 | 1826 Text in item bodies that looks like a low-depth topic is no longer mistaken |
1827 for one unless its first offspring (or that of its next sibling with | |
1828 offspring) is only one level deeper. | |
1829 | |
1830 For example, pasting some text with a bunch of leading asterisks into a | |
1831 topic that's followed by a level 3 or deeper topic will not cause the | |
1832 pasted text to be mistaken for outline structure. | |
1833 | |
1834 The same constraint is applied to any level 2 or 3 topics. | |
1835 | |
1836 This settles an old issue where typed or pasted text needed to be carefully | |
1837 reviewed, and sometimes doctored, to avoid accidentally disrupting the | |
1838 outline structure. Now that should be generally unnecessary, as the most | |
1839 prone-to-occur accidents are disqualified. | |
1840 | |
1841 *** Allout now refuses to create "containment discontinuities", where a | |
1842 topic is shifted deeper than the offspring-depth of its container. On the | |
1843 other hand, allout now operates gracefully with existing containment | |
1844 discontinuities, revealing excessively contained topics rather than either | |
1845 leaving them hidden or raising an error. | |
1846 | |
66241 | 1847 *** Topic cryptography added, enabling easy gpg topic encryption and |
1848 decryption. Per-topic basis enables interspersing encrypted-text and | |
68955 | 1849 clear-text within a single file to your heart's content, using symmetric |
66241 | 1850 and/or public key modes. Time-limited key caching, user-provided |
1851 symmetric key hinting and consistency verification, auto-encryption of | |
1852 pending topics on save, and more, make it easy to use encryption in | |
72369 | 1853 powerful ways. Encryption behavior customization is collected in the |
1854 allout-encryption customization group. | |
66241 | 1855 |
72919 | 1856 *** Navigation within an item is easier. Repeated beginning-of-line and |
73020 | 1857 end-of-line key commands (usually, ^A and ^E) cycle through the |
72919 | 1858 beginning/end-of-line and then beginning/end of topic, etc. See new |
1859 customization vars `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' and | |
1860 `allout-end-of-line-cycles'. | |
1861 | |
1862 *** New or revised allout-mode activity hooks enable creation of | |
1863 cooperative enhancements to allout mode without changes to the mode, | |
1864 itself. | |
1865 | |
1866 See `allout-exposure-change-hook', `allout-structure-added-hook', | |
1867 `allout-structure-deleted-hook', and `allout-structure-shifted-hook'. | |
1868 | |
1869 `allout-exposure-change-hook' replaces the existing | |
1870 `allout-view-change-hook', which is being deprecated. Both are still | |
1871 invoked, but `allout-view-change-hook' will eventually be ignored. | |
1872 `allout-exposure-change-hook' is called with explicit arguments detailing | |
1873 the specifics of each change (as are the other new hooks), making it easier | |
1874 to use than the old version. | |
1875 | |
1876 There is a new mode deactivation hook, `allout-mode-deactivate-hook', for | |
1877 coordinating with deactivation of allout-mode. Both that and the mode | |
1878 activation hook, `allout-mode-hook' are now run after the `allout-mode' | |
1879 variable is changed, rather than before. | |
1880 | |
1881 *** Default command prefix was changed to "\C-c " (control-c space), to | |
1882 avoid intruding on user's keybinding space. Customize the | |
68955 | 1883 `allout-command-prefix' variable to your preference. |
1884 | |
72919 | 1885 *** Allout now uses text overlay's `invisible' property for concealed text, |
1886 instead of selective-display. This simplifies the code, in particular | |
1887 avoiding the need for kludges for isearch dynamic-display, discretionary | |
1888 handling of edits of concealed text, undo concerns, etc. | |
1889 | |
1890 *** There are many other fixes and refinements, including: | |
1891 | |
1892 - repaired inhibition of inadvertent edits to concealed text, without | |
1893 inhibiting undo; we now reveal undo changes within concealed text. | |
71895 | 1894 - auto-fill-mode is now left inactive when allout-mode starts, if it |
1895 already was inactive. also, `allout-inhibit-auto-fill' custom | |
1896 configuration variable makes it easy to disable auto fill in allout | |
1897 outlines in general or on a per-buffer basis. | |
72369 | 1898 - allout now tolerates fielded text in outlines without disruption. |
1899 - hot-spot navigation now is modularized with a new function, | |
72919 | 1900 `allout-hotspot-key-handler', enabling easier use and enhancement of |
1901 the functionality in allout addons. | |
72369 | 1902 - repaired retention of topic body hanging indent upon topic depth shifts |
68955 | 1903 - bulleting variation is simpler and more accommodating, both in the |
1904 default behavior and in ability to vary when creating new topics | |
71895 | 1905 - mode deactivation now does cleans up effectively, more properly |
1906 restoring affected variables and hooks to former state, removing | |
72369 | 1907 overlays, etc. see `allout-add-resumptions' and |
1908 `allout-do-resumptions', which replace the old `allout-resumptions'. | |
71895 | 1909 - included a few unit-tests for interior functionality. developers can |
1910 have them automatically run at the end of module load by customizing | |
1911 the option `allout-run-unit-tests-on-load'. | |
72919 | 1912 - many, many other, more minor tweaks, fixes, and refinements. |
68955 | 1913 - version number incremented to 2.2 |
66241 | 1914 |
77298 | 1915 ** The variable `woman-topic-at-point' is renamed |
65430
492c26176ce9
Document changes in woman.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
65351
diff
changeset
|
1916 to `woman-use-topic-at-point' and behaves differently: if this |
492c26176ce9
Document changes in woman.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
65351
diff
changeset
|
1917 variable is non-nil, the `woman' command uses the word at point |
492c26176ce9
Document changes in woman.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
65351
diff
changeset
|
1918 automatically, without asking for a confirmation. Otherwise, the word |
492c26176ce9
Document changes in woman.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
65351
diff
changeset
|
1919 at point is suggested as default, but not inserted at the prompt. |
492c26176ce9
Document changes in woman.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
65351
diff
changeset
|
1920 |
64747
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1921 ** Changes to cmuscheme |
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1922 |
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1923 *** Emacs now offers to start Scheme if the user tries to |
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1924 evaluate a Scheme expression but no Scheme subprocess is running. |
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1925 |
74450
dc2d02a90d3d
(Changes to cmuscheme): Mention the alternative for `~/.emacs_SCHEMEPROG'
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
74355
diff
changeset
|
1926 *** If the file ~/.emacs_NAME or ~/.emacs.d/init_NAME.scm (where NAME |
dc2d02a90d3d
(Changes to cmuscheme): Mention the alternative for `~/.emacs_SCHEMEPROG'
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
74355
diff
changeset
|
1927 is the name of the Scheme interpreter) exists, its contents are sent |
dc2d02a90d3d
(Changes to cmuscheme): Mention the alternative for `~/.emacs_SCHEMEPROG'
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
74355
diff
changeset
|
1928 to the Scheme subprocess upon startup. |
64747
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1929 |
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1930 *** There are new commands to instruct the Scheme interpreter to trace |
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1931 procedure calls (`scheme-trace-procedure') and to expand syntactic forms |
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1932 (`scheme-expand-current-form'). The commands actually sent to the Scheme |
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1933 subprocess are controlled by the user options `scheme-trace-command', |
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1934 `scheme-untrace-command' and `scheme-expand-current-form'. |
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1935 |
70833
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
1936 ** Changes in Makefile mode |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
1937 |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
1938 *** Makefile mode has submodes for automake, gmake, makepp, BSD make and imake. |
68239
e08826f8b714
Added makefile-imake-mode.
Masatake YAMATO <jet@gyve.org>
parents:
68219
diff
changeset
|
1939 |
e08826f8b714
Added makefile-imake-mode.
Masatake YAMATO <jet@gyve.org>
parents:
68219
diff
changeset
|
1940 The former two couldn't be differentiated before, and the latter three |
62354 | 1941 are new. Font-locking is robust now and offers new customizable |
1942 faces. | |
1943 | |
70833
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
1944 *** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been renamed |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
1945 to `makefile-query-one-target-method-function'. The old name is still |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
1946 available as alias. |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
1947 |
62354 | 1948 ** In Outline mode, `hide-body' no longer hides lines at the top |
62187 | 1949 of the file that precede the first header line. |
1950 | |
1951 ** Telnet now prompts you for a port number with C-u M-x telnet. | |
1952 | |
62354 | 1953 ** The terminal emulation code in term.el has been improved; it can |
62187 | 1954 run most curses applications now. |
1955 | |
62354 | 1956 ** M-x diff uses Diff mode instead of Compilation mode. |
1957 | |
70337
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1958 ** Diff mode key bindings changed. |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1959 |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1960 These are the new bindings: |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1961 |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1962 C-c C-e diff-ediff-patch (old M-A) |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1963 C-c C-n diff-restrict-view (old M-r) |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1964 C-c C-r diff-reverse-direction (old M-R) |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1965 C-c C-u diff-context->unified (old M-U) |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1966 C-c C-w diff-refine-hunk (old C-c C-r) |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1967 |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1968 To convert unified to context format, use C-u C-c C-u. |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1969 In addition, C-c C-u now operates on the region |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1970 in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active. |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1971 |
62354 | 1972 ** You can now customize `fill-nobreak-predicate' to control where |
62187 | 1973 filling can break lines. The value is now normally a list of |
1974 functions, but it can also be a single function, for compatibility. | |
1975 | |
62354 | 1976 Emacs provide two predicates, `fill-single-word-nobreak-p' and |
1977 `fill-french-nobreak-p', for use as the value of | |
1978 `fill-nobreak-predicate'. | |
62187 | 1979 |
1980 ** M-x view-file and commands that use it now avoid interfering | |
1981 with special modes such as Tar mode. | |
1982 | |
62354 | 1983 ** Commands `winner-redo' and `winner-undo', from winner.el, are now |
1984 bound to C-c <left> and C-c <right>, respectively. This is an | |
1985 incompatible change. | |
1986 | |
1987 ** `global-whitespace-mode' is a new alias for `whitespace-global-mode'. | |
62187 | 1988 |
1989 ** M-x compare-windows now can automatically skip non-matching text to | |
1990 resync points in both windows. | |
1991 | |
1992 ** New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'. | |
62354 | 1993 |
62187 | 1994 When this option is enabled, M-x add-change-log-entry always |
1995 starts a new record regardless of when the last record is. | |
1996 | |
62043 | 1997 ** PO translation files are decoded according to their MIME headers |
1998 when Emacs visits them. | |
1999 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
2000 ** Info mode changes: |
56048
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2001 |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2002 *** A numeric prefix argument of `info' selects an Info buffer |
62354 | 2003 with the number appended to the `*info*' buffer name (e.g. "*info*<2>"). |
56048
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2004 |
60223 | 2005 *** isearch in Info uses Info-search and searches through multiple nodes. |
62354 | 2006 |
60630 | 2007 Before leaving the initial Info node isearch fails once with the error |
2008 message [initial node], and with subsequent C-s/C-r continues through | |
2009 other nodes. When isearch fails for the rest of the manual, it wraps | |
69643 | 2010 around the whole manual to the top/final node. The user option |
60630 | 2011 `Info-isearch-search' controls whether to use Info-search for isearch, |
2012 or the default isearch search function that wraps around the current | |
2013 Info node. | |
56870
4aafe90c2bb0
Regexp isearch can search through multiple nodes. Add Info-search-backward.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56865
diff
changeset
|
2014 |
4aafe90c2bb0
Regexp isearch can search through multiple nodes. Add Info-search-backward.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56865
diff
changeset
|
2015 *** New search commands: `Info-search-case-sensitively' (bound to S), |
4aafe90c2bb0
Regexp isearch can search through multiple nodes. Add Info-search-backward.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56865
diff
changeset
|
2016 `Info-search-backward', and `Info-search-next' which repeats the last |
4aafe90c2bb0
Regexp isearch can search through multiple nodes. Add Info-search-backward.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56865
diff
changeset
|
2017 search without prompting for a new search string. |
4aafe90c2bb0
Regexp isearch can search through multiple nodes. Add Info-search-backward.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56865
diff
changeset
|
2018 |
59474 | 2019 *** New command `Info-history-forward' (bound to r and new toolbar icon) |
2020 moves forward in history to the node you returned from after using | |
2021 `Info-history-back' (renamed from `Info-last'). | |
2022 | |
56048
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2023 *** New command `Info-history' (bound to L) displays a menu of visited nodes. |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2024 |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2025 *** New command `Info-toc' (bound to T) creates a node with table of contents |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2026 from the tree structure of menus of the current Info file. |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2027 |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2028 *** New command `info-apropos' searches the indices of the known |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2029 Info files on your system for a string, and builds a menu of the |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2030 possible matches. |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2031 |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2032 *** New command `Info-copy-current-node-name' (bound to w) copies |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2033 the current Info node name into the kill ring. With a zero prefix |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2034 arg, puts the node name inside the `info' function call. |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2035 |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2036 *** New face `info-xref-visited' distinguishes visited nodes from unvisited |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2037 and a new option `Info-fontify-visited-nodes' to control this. |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2038 |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2039 *** http and ftp links in Info are now operational: they look like cross |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2040 references and following them calls `browse-url'. |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2041 |
54719
36b5ffc7a82b
Remove index-apropos entry.
Jesper Harder <harder@ifa.au.dk>
parents:
54715
diff
changeset
|
2042 *** Info now hides node names in menus and cross references by default. |
62354 | 2043 |
51710
28e2763d0439
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
51647
diff
changeset
|
2044 If you prefer the old behavior, you can set the new user option |
28e2763d0439
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
51647
diff
changeset
|
2045 `Info-hide-note-references' to nil. |
28e2763d0439
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
51647
diff
changeset
|
2046 |
55079
94d5cc4f2843
Add images in Info pages from Jan Nieuwenhuizen <janneke@gnu.org>.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
55073
diff
changeset
|
2047 *** Images in Info pages are supported. |
62354 | 2048 |
55079
94d5cc4f2843
Add images in Info pages from Jan Nieuwenhuizen <janneke@gnu.org>.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
55073
diff
changeset
|
2049 Info pages show embedded images, in Emacs frames with image support. |
94d5cc4f2843
Add images in Info pages from Jan Nieuwenhuizen <janneke@gnu.org>.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
55073
diff
changeset
|
2050 Info documentation that includes images, processed with makeinfo |
94d5cc4f2843
Add images in Info pages from Jan Nieuwenhuizen <janneke@gnu.org>.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
55073
diff
changeset
|
2051 version 4.7 or newer, compiles to Info pages with embedded images. |
94d5cc4f2843
Add images in Info pages from Jan Nieuwenhuizen <janneke@gnu.org>.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
55073
diff
changeset
|
2052 |
54782 | 2053 *** The default value for `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' is now nil. |
2054 | |
62354 | 2055 *** `Info-index' offers completion. |
54782 | 2056 |
62043 | 2057 ** Lisp mode changes: |
2058 | |
62354 | 2059 *** Lisp mode now uses `font-lock-doc-face' for doc strings. |
2060 | |
2061 *** C-u C-M-q in Emacs Lisp mode pretty-prints the list after point. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2062 |
62043 | 2063 *** New features in evaluation commands |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2064 |
62354 | 2065 **** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) called on defface reinitializes |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2066 the face to the value specified in the defface expression. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2067 |
62354 | 2068 **** Typing C-x C-e twice prints the value of the integer result |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2069 in additional formats (octal, hexadecimal, character) specified |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2070 by the new function `eval-expression-print-format'. The same |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2071 function also defines the result format for `eval-expression' (M-:), |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2072 `eval-print-last-sexp' (C-j) and some edebug evaluation functions. |
45657
77cb605109fc
Document --parse-stdin=FILE for Etags.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents:
45614
diff
changeset
|
2073 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
2074 ** CC mode changes. |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2075 |
67312 | 2076 *** The CC Mode manual has been extensively revised. |
2077 The information about using CC Mode has been separated from the larger | |
2078 and more difficult chapters about configuration. | |
2079 | |
2080 *** Changes in Key Sequences | |
2081 **** c-toggle-auto-hungry-state is no longer bound to C-c C-t. | |
2082 | |
2083 **** c-toggle-hungry-state is no longer bound to C-c C-d. | |
2084 This binding has been taken over by c-hungry-delete-forwards. | |
2085 | |
2086 **** c-toggle-auto-state (C-c C-t) has been renamed to c-toggle-auto-newline. | |
2087 c-toggle-auto-state remains as an alias. | |
2088 | |
2089 **** The new commands c-hungry-backspace and c-hungry-delete-forwards | |
2090 have key bindings C-c C-DEL (or C-c DEL, for the benefit of TTYs) and | |
2091 C-c C-d (or C-c C-<delete> or C-c <delete>) respectively. These | |
2092 commands delete entire blocks of whitespace with a single | |
2093 key-sequence. [N.B. "DEL" is the <backspace> key.] | |
2094 | |
2095 **** The new command c-toggle-electric-mode is bound to C-c C-l. | |
2096 | |
2097 **** The new command c-subword-mode is bound to C-c C-w. | |
2098 | |
2099 *** C-c C-s (`c-show-syntactic-information') now highlights the anchor | |
2100 position(s). | |
2101 | |
2102 *** New Minor Modes | |
2103 **** Electric Minor Mode toggles the electric action of non-alphabetic keys. | |
2104 The new command c-toggle-electric-mode is bound to C-c C-l. Turning the | |
2105 mode off can be helpful for editing chaotically indented code and for | |
2106 users new to CC Mode, who sometimes find electric indentation | |
2107 disconcerting. Its current state is displayed in the mode line with an | |
2108 'l', e.g. "C/al". | |
2109 | |
2110 **** Subword Minor Mode makes Emacs recognize word boundaries at upper case | |
2111 letters in StudlyCapsIdentifiers. You enable this feature by C-c C-w. It can | |
2112 also be used in non-CC Mode buffers. :-) Contributed by Masatake YAMATO. | |
2113 | |
2114 *** New clean-ups | |
2115 | |
2116 **** `comment-close-slash'. | |
2117 With this clean-up, a block (i.e. c-style) comment can be terminated by | |
2118 typing a slash at the start of a line. | |
2119 | |
2120 **** `c-one-liner-defun' | |
2121 This clean-up compresses a short enough defun (for example, an AWK | |
2122 pattern/action pair) onto a single line. "Short enough" is configurable. | |
2123 | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2124 *** Font lock support. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2125 CC Mode now provides font lock support for all its languages. This |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2126 supersedes the font lock patterns that have been in the core font lock |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2127 package for C, C++, Java and Objective-C. Like indentation, font |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2128 locking is done in a uniform way across all languages (except the new |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2129 AWK mode - see below). That means that the new font locking will be |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2130 different from the old patterns in various details for most languages. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2131 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2132 The main goal of the font locking in CC Mode is accuracy, to provide a |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2133 dependable aid in recognizing the various constructs. Some, like |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2134 strings and comments, are easy to recognize while others like |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2135 declarations and types can be very tricky. CC Mode can go to great |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2136 lengths to recognize declarations and casts correctly, especially when |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2137 the types aren't recognized by standard patterns. This is a fairly |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2138 demanding analysis which can be slow on older hardware, and it can |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2139 therefore be disabled by choosing a lower decoration level with the |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2140 variable font-lock-maximum-decoration. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2141 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2142 Note that the most demanding font lock level has been tuned with lazy |
67312 | 2143 fontification in mind; Just-In-Time-Lock mode should be enabled for |
2144 the highest font lock level (by default, it is). Fontifying a file | |
2145 with several thousand lines in one go can take the better part of a | |
2146 minute. | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2147 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2148 **** The (c|c++|objc|java|idl|pike)-font-lock-extra-types variables |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2149 are now used by CC Mode to recognize identifiers that are certain to |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2150 be types. (They are also used in cases that aren't related to font |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2151 locking.) At the maximum decoration level, types are often recognized |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2152 properly anyway, so these variables should be fairly restrictive and |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2153 not contain patterns for uncertain types. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2154 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2155 **** Support for documentation comments. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2156 There is a "plugin" system to fontify documentation comments like |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2157 Javadoc and the markup within them. It's independent of the host |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2158 language, so it's possible to e.g. turn on Javadoc font locking in C |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2159 buffers. See the variable c-doc-comment-style for details. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2160 |
67312 | 2161 Currently three kinds of doc comment styles are recognized: Sun's |
2162 Javadoc, Autodoc (which is used in Pike) and GtkDoc (used in C). (The | |
2163 last was contributed by Masatake YAMATO). This is by no means a | |
2164 complete list of the most common tools; if your doc comment extractor | |
2165 of choice is missing then please drop a note to bug-cc-mode@gnu.org. | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2166 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2167 **** Better handling of C++ templates. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2168 As a side effect of the more accurate font locking, C++ templates are |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2169 now handled much better. The angle brackets that delimit them are |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2170 given parenthesis syntax so that they can be navigated like other |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2171 parens. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2172 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2173 This also improves indentation of templates, although there still is |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2174 work to be done in that area. E.g. it's required that multiline |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2175 template clauses are written in full and then refontified to be |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2176 recognized, and the indentation of nested templates is a bit odd and |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2177 not as configurable as it ought to be. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2178 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2179 **** Improved handling of Objective-C and CORBA IDL. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2180 Especially the support for Objective-C and IDL has gotten an overhaul. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2181 The special "@" declarations in Objective-C are handled correctly. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2182 All the keywords used in CORBA IDL, PSDL, and CIDL are recognized and |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2183 handled correctly, also wrt indentation. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2184 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2185 *** Support for the AWK language. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2186 Support for the AWK language has been introduced. The implementation is |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2187 based around GNU AWK version 3.1, but it should work pretty well with |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2188 any AWK. As yet, not all features of CC Mode have been adapted for AWK. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2189 Here is a summary: |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2190 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2191 **** Indentation Engine |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2192 The CC Mode indentation engine fully supports AWK mode. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2193 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2194 AWK mode handles code formatted in the conventional AWK fashion: `{'s |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2195 which start actions, user-defined functions, or compound statements are |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2196 placed on the same line as the associated construct; the matching `}'s |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2197 are normally placed under the start of the respective pattern, function |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2198 definition, or structured statement. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2199 |
67312 | 2200 The predefined line-up functions haven't yet been adapted for AWK |
2201 mode, though some of them may work serendipitously. There shouldn't | |
2202 be any problems writing custom indentation functions for AWK mode. | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2203 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2204 **** Font Locking |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2205 There is a single level of font locking in AWK mode, rather than the |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2206 three distinct levels the other modes have. There are several |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2207 idiosyncrasies in AWK mode's font-locking due to the peculiarities of |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2208 the AWK language itself. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2209 |
67312 | 2210 **** Comment and Movement Commands |
2211 These commands all work for AWK buffers. The notion of "defun" has | |
2212 been augmented to include AWK pattern-action pairs - the standard | |
2213 "defun" commands on key sequences C-M-a, C-M-e, and C-M-h use this | |
2214 extended definition. | |
2215 | |
2216 **** "awk" style, Auto-newline Insertion and Clean-ups | |
2217 A new style, "awk" has been introduced, and this is now the default | |
2218 style for AWK code. With auto-newline enabled, the clean-up | |
2219 c-one-liner-defun (see above) is useful. | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2220 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2221 *** New syntactic symbols in IDL mode. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2222 The top level constructs "module" and "composition" (from CIDL) are |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2223 now handled like "namespace" in C++: They are given syntactic symbols |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2224 module-open, module-close, inmodule, composition-open, |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2225 composition-close, and incomposition. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2226 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2227 *** New functions to do hungry delete without enabling hungry delete mode. |
67312 | 2228 The new functions `c-hungry-backspace' and `c-hungry-delete-forward' |
2229 provide hungry deletion without having to toggle a mode. They are | |
2230 bound to C-c C-DEL and C-c C-d (and several variants, for the benefit | |
2231 of different keyboard setups. See "Changes in key sequences" above). | |
62354 | 2232 |
2233 *** Better control over `require-final-newline'. | |
2234 | |
2235 The variable `c-require-final-newline' specifies which of the modes | |
2236 implemented by CC mode should insert final newlines. Its value is a | |
2237 list of modes, and only those modes should do it. By default the list | |
2238 includes C, C++ and Objective-C modes. | |
2239 | |
2240 Whichever modes are in this list will set `require-final-newline' | |
2241 based on `mode-require-final-newline'. | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2242 |
51831
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2243 *** Format change for syntactic context elements. |
62354 | 2244 |
2245 The elements in the syntactic context returned by `c-guess-basic-syntax' | |
2246 and stored in `c-syntactic-context' has been changed somewhat to allow | |
51831
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2247 attaching more information. They are now lists instead of single cons |
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2248 cells. E.g. a line that previously had the syntactic analysis |
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2249 |
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2250 ((inclass . 11) (topmost-intro . 13)) |
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2251 |
63612 | 2252 is now analyzed as |
51831
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2253 |
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2254 ((inclass 11) (topmost-intro 13)) |
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2255 |
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2256 In some cases there are more than one position given for a syntactic |
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2257 symbol. |
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2258 |
67312 | 2259 This change might affect code that calls `c-guess-basic-syntax' |
2260 directly, and custom lineup functions if they use | |
2261 `c-syntactic-context'. However, the argument given to lineup | |
2262 functions is still a single cons cell with nil or an integer in the | |
2263 cdr. | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2264 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2265 *** API changes for derived modes. |
62354 | 2266 |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2267 There have been extensive changes "under the hood" which can affect |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2268 derived mode writers. Some of these changes are likely to cause |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2269 incompatibilities with existing derived modes, but on the other hand |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2270 care has now been taken to make it possible to extend and modify CC |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2271 Mode with less risk of such problems in the future. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2272 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2273 **** New language variable system. |
67312 | 2274 These are variables whose values vary between CC Mode's different |
2275 languages. See the comment blurb near the top of cc-langs.el. | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2276 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2277 **** New initialization functions. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2278 The initialization procedure has been split up into more functions to |
62354 | 2279 give better control: `c-basic-common-init', `c-font-lock-init', and |
2280 `c-init-language-vars'. | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2281 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2282 *** Changes in analysis of nested syntactic constructs. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2283 The syntactic analysis engine has better handling of cases where |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2284 several syntactic constructs appear nested on the same line. They are |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2285 now handled as if each construct started on a line of its own. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2286 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2287 This means that CC Mode now indents some cases differently, and |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2288 although it's more consistent there might be cases where the old way |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2289 gave results that's more to one's liking. So if you find a situation |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2290 where you think that the indentation has become worse, please report |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2291 it to bug-cc-mode@gnu.org. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2292 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2293 **** New syntactic symbol substatement-label. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2294 This symbol is used when a label is inserted between a statement and |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2295 its substatement. E.g: |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2296 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2297 if (x) |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2298 x_is_true: |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2299 do_stuff(); |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2300 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2301 *** Better handling of multiline macros. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2302 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2303 **** Syntactic indentation inside macros. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2304 The contents of multiline #define's are now analyzed and indented |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2305 syntactically just like other code. This can be disabled by the new |
62354 | 2306 variable `c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros'. A new syntactic symbol |
2307 `cpp-define-intro' has been added to control the initial indentation | |
2308 inside `#define's. | |
2309 | |
2310 **** New lineup function `c-lineup-cpp-define'. | |
2311 | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2312 Now used by default to line up macro continuation lines. The behavior |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2313 of this function closely mimics the indentation one gets if the macro |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2314 is indented while the line continuation backslashes are temporarily |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2315 removed. If syntactic indentation in macros is turned off, it works |
62354 | 2316 much line `c-lineup-dont-change', which was used earlier, but handles |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2317 empty lines within the macro better. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2318 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2319 **** Automatically inserted newlines continues the macro if used within one. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2320 This applies to the newlines inserted by the auto-newline mode, and to |
62354 | 2321 `c-context-line-break' and `c-context-open-line'. |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2322 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2323 **** Better alignment of line continuation backslashes. |
62354 | 2324 `c-backslash-region' tries to adapt to surrounding backslashes. New |
67312 | 2325 variable `c-backslash-max-column' puts a limit on how far out |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2326 backslashes can be moved. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2327 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2328 **** Automatic alignment of line continuation backslashes. |
62354 | 2329 This is controlled by the new variable `c-auto-align-backslashes'. It |
2330 affects `c-context-line-break', `c-context-open-line' and newlines | |
2331 inserted in Auto-Newline mode. | |
67312 | 2332 |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2333 **** Line indentation works better inside macros. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2334 Regardless whether syntactic indentation and syntactic indentation |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2335 inside macros are enabled or not, line indentation now ignores the |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2336 line continuation backslashes. This is most noticeable when syntactic |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2337 indentation is turned off and there are empty lines (save for the |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2338 backslash) in the macro. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2339 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2340 *** indent-for-comment is more customizable. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2341 The behavior of M-; (indent-for-comment) is now configurable through |
67312 | 2342 the variable `c-indent-comment-alist'. The indentation behavior is |
2343 based on the preceding code on the line, e.g. to get two spaces after | |
2344 #else and #endif but indentation to `comment-column' in most other | |
2345 cases (something which was hardcoded earlier). | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2346 |
62354 | 2347 *** New function `c-context-open-line'. |
2348 It's the open-line equivalent of `c-context-line-break'. | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2349 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2350 *** New lineup functions |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2351 |
62354 | 2352 **** `c-lineup-string-cont' |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2353 This lineup function lines up a continued string under the one it |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2354 continues. E.g: |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2355 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2356 result = prefix + "A message " |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2357 "string."; <- c-lineup-string-cont |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2358 |
62354 | 2359 **** `c-lineup-cascaded-calls' |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2360 Lines up series of calls separated by "->" or ".". |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2361 |
62354 | 2362 **** `c-lineup-knr-region-comment' |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2363 Gives (what most people think is) better indentation of comments in |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2364 the "K&R region" between the function header and its body. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2365 |
62354 | 2366 **** `c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg' |
2367 Provides better indentation inside asm blocks. | |
2368 | |
2369 **** `c-lineup-argcont' | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2370 Lines up continued function arguments after the preceding comma. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2371 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2372 *** Better caching of the syntactic context. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2373 CC Mode caches the positions of the opening parentheses (of any kind) |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2374 of the lists surrounding the point. Those positions are used in many |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2375 places as anchor points for various searches. The cache is now |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2376 improved so that it can be reused to a large extent when the point is |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2377 moved. The less it moves, the less needs to be recalculated. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2378 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2379 The effect is that CC Mode should be fast most of the time even when |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2380 opening parens are hung (i.e. aren't in column zero). It's typically |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2381 only the first time after the point is moved far down in a complex |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2382 file that it'll take noticeable time to find out the syntactic |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2383 context. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2384 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2385 *** Statements are recognized in a more robust way. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2386 Statements are recognized most of the time even when they occur in an |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2387 "invalid" context, e.g. in a function argument. In practice that can |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2388 happen when macros are involved. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2389 |
62354 | 2390 *** Improved the way `c-indent-exp' chooses the block to indent. |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2391 It now indents the block for the closest sexp following the point |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2392 whose closing paren ends on a different line. This means that the |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2393 point doesn't have to be immediately before the block to indent. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2394 Also, only the block and the closing line is indented; the current |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2395 line is left untouched. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2396 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2397 *** Added toggle for syntactic indentation. |
62354 | 2398 The function `c-toggle-syntactic-indentation' can be used to toggle |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2399 syntactic indentation. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2400 |
64266
a634aa374675
(sh-get-indent-info): Only indent a continuation line if SPC or TAB precedes \.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
64113
diff
changeset
|
2401 ** In sh-script, a continuation line is only indented if the backslash was |
a634aa374675
(sh-get-indent-info): Only indent a continuation line if SPC or TAB precedes \.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
64113
diff
changeset
|
2402 preceded by a SPC or a TAB. |
64595 | 2403 |
45993
b974df2c611f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2404 ** Perl mode has a new variable `perl-indent-continued-arguments'. |
b974df2c611f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2405 |
62187 | 2406 ** The old Octave mode bindings C-c f and C-c i have been changed |
2407 to C-c C-f and C-c C-i. The C-c C-i subcommands now have duplicate | |
2408 bindings on control characters--thus, C-c C-i C-b is the same as | |
2409 C-c C-i b, and so on. | |
2410 | |
62043 | 2411 ** Fortran mode changes: |
2412 | |
75187 | 2413 *** Fortran mode does more font-locking by default. Use level 3 |
61109 | 2414 highlighting for the old default. |
2415 | |
62043 | 2416 *** Fortran mode has a new variable `fortran-directive-re'. |
45997 | 2417 Adapt this to match the format of any compiler directives you use. |
2418 Lines that match are never indented, and are given distinctive font-locking. | |
45993
b974df2c611f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2419 |
62043 | 2420 *** F90 mode and Fortran mode have new navigation commands |
61109 | 2421 `f90-end-of-block', `f90-beginning-of-block', `f90-next-block', |
2422 `f90-previous-block', `fortran-end-of-block', | |
2423 `fortran-beginning-of-block'. | |
2424 | |
62354 | 2425 *** F90 mode and Fortran mode have support for `hs-minor-mode' (hideshow). |
55638 | 2426 It cannot deal with every code format, but ought to handle a sizeable |
2427 majority. | |
2428 | |
62043 | 2429 *** The new function `f90-backslash-not-special' can be used to change |
58483 | 2430 the syntax of backslashes in F90 buffers. |
2431 | |
63839
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2432 ** Reftex mode changes |
68070 | 2433 |
63842
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2434 *** Changes to RefTeX's table of contents |
63839
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2435 |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2436 The new command keys "<" and ">" in the TOC buffer promote/demote the |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2437 section at point or all sections in the current region, with full |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2438 support for multifile documents. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2439 |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2440 The new command `reftex-toc-recenter' (`C-c -') shows the current |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2441 section in the TOC buffer without selecting the TOC window. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2442 Recentering can happen automatically in idle time when the option |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2443 `reftex-auto-recenter-toc' is turned on. The highlight in the TOC |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2444 buffer stays when the focus moves to a different window. A dedicated |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2445 frame can show the TOC with the current section always automatically |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2446 highlighted. The frame is created and deleted from the toc buffer |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2447 with the `d' key. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2448 |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2449 The toc window can be split off horizontally instead of vertically. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2450 See new option `reftex-toc-split-windows-horizontally'. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2451 |
63842
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2452 Labels can be renamed globally from the table of contents using the |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2453 key `M-%'. |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2454 |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2455 The new command `reftex-goto-label' jumps directly to a label |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2456 location. |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2457 |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2458 *** Changes related to citations and BibTeX database files |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2459 |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2460 Commands that insert a citation now prompt for optional arguments when |
63839
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2461 called with a prefix argument. Related new options are |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2462 `reftex-cite-prompt-optional-args' and `reftex-cite-cleanup-optional-args'. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2463 |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2464 The new command `reftex-create-bibtex-file' creates a BibTeX database |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2465 with all entries referenced in the current document. The keys "e" and |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2466 "E" allow to produce a BibTeX database file from entries marked in a |
63842
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2467 citation selection buffer. |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2468 |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2469 The command `reftex-citation' uses the word in the buffer before the |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2470 cursor as a default search string. |
63839
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2471 |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2472 The support for chapterbib has been improved. Different chapters can |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2473 now use BibTeX or an explicit `thebibliography' environment. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2474 |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2475 The macros which specify the bibliography file (like \bibliography) |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2476 can be configured with the new option `reftex-bibliography-commands'. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2477 |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2478 Support for jurabib has been added. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2479 |
63842
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2480 *** Global index matched may be verified with a user function |
63839
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2481 |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2482 During global indexing, a user function can verify an index match. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2483 See new option `reftex-index-verify-function'. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2484 |
63842
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2485 *** Parsing documents with many labels can be sped up. |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2486 |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2487 Operating in a document with thousands of labels can be sped up |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2488 considerably by allowing RefTeX to derive the type of a label directly |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2489 from the label prefix like `eq:' or `fig:'. The option |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2490 `reftex-trust-label-prefix' needs to be configured in order to enable |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2491 this feature. While the speed-up is significant, this may reduce the |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2492 quality of the context offered by RefTeX to describe a label. |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2493 |
63839
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2494 *** Miscellaneous changes |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2495 |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2496 The macros which input a file in LaTeX (like \input, \include) can be |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2497 configured in the new option `reftex-include-file-commands'. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2498 |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2499 RefTeX supports global incremental search. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2500 |
45993
b974df2c611f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2501 ** Prolog mode has a new variable `prolog-font-lock-keywords' |
45610
e9b72e7f6062
Mention prolog-mode new var `prolog-font-lock-keywords'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
45574
diff
changeset
|
2502 to support use of font-lock. |
e9b72e7f6062
Mention prolog-mode new var `prolog-font-lock-keywords'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
45574
diff
changeset
|
2503 |
62043 | 2504 ** HTML/SGML changes: |
2505 | |
2506 *** Emacs now tries to set up buffer coding systems for HTML/XML files | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2507 automatically. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2508 |
62043 | 2509 *** SGML mode has indentation and supports XML syntax. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2510 The new variable `sgml-xml-mode' tells SGML mode to use XML syntax. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2511 When this option is enabled, SGML tags are inserted in XML style, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2512 i.e., there is always a closing tag. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2513 By default, its setting is inferred on a buffer-by-buffer basis |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2514 from the file name or buffer contents. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2515 |
70833
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
2516 *** The variable `sgml-transformation' has been renamed to |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
2517 `sgml-transformation-function'. The old name is still available as |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
2518 alias. |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
2519 |
62043 | 2520 *** `xml-mode' is now an alias for `sgml-mode', which has XML support. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2521 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2522 ** TeX modes: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2523 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2524 *** C-c C-c prompts for a command to run, and tries to offer a good default. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2525 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2526 *** The user option `tex-start-options-string' has been replaced |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2527 by two new user options: `tex-start-options', which should hold |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2528 command-line options to feed to TeX, and `tex-start-commands' which should hold |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2529 TeX commands to use at startup. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2530 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2531 *** verbatim environments are now highlighted in courier by font-lock |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2532 and super/sub-scripts are made into super/sub-scripts. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2533 |
62354 | 2534 *** New major mode Doctex mode, for *.dtx files. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2535 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2536 ** BibTeX mode: |
62354 | 2537 |
2538 *** The new command `bibtex-url' browses a URL for the BibTeX entry at | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2539 point (bound to C-c C-l and mouse-2, RET on clickable fields). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2540 |
62354 | 2541 *** The new command `bibtex-entry-update' (bound to C-c C-u) updates |
68070 | 2542 an existing BibTeX entry by inserting fields that may occur but are not |
2543 present. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2544 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2545 *** New `bibtex-entry-format' option `required-fields', enabled by default. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2546 |
62354 | 2547 *** `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' can take values `plain', |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2548 `crossref', and `entry-class' which control the sorting scheme used |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2549 for BibTeX entries. `bibtex-sort-entry-class' controls the sorting |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2550 scheme `entry-class'. TAB completion for reference keys and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2551 automatic detection of duplicates does not require anymore that |
62354 | 2552 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' is non-nil. |
2553 | |
2554 *** If the new variable `bibtex-parse-keys-fast' is non-nil, | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2555 use fast but simplified algorithm for parsing BibTeX keys. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2556 |
62354 | 2557 *** If the new variable `bibtex-autoadd-commas' is non-nil, |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2558 automatically add missing commas at end of BibTeX fields. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2559 |
62354 | 2560 *** The new variable `bibtex-autofill-types' contains a list of entry |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2561 types for which fields are filled automatically (if possible). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2562 |
62354 | 2563 *** The new command `bibtex-complete' completes word fragment before |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2564 point according to context (bound to M-tab). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2565 |
62354 | 2566 *** The new commands `bibtex-find-entry' and `bibtex-find-crossref' |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2567 locate entries and crossref'd entries (bound to C-c C-s and C-c C-x). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2568 Crossref fields are clickable (bound to mouse-2, RET). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2569 |
62354 | 2570 *** In BibTeX mode the command `fill-paragraph' (M-q) fills |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2571 individual fields of a BibTeX entry. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2572 |
62354 | 2573 *** The new variables `bibtex-files' and `bibtex-file-path' define a set |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2574 of BibTeX files that are searched for entry keys. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2575 |
62354 | 2576 *** The new command `bibtex-validate-globally' checks for duplicate keys |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2577 in multiple BibTeX files. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2578 |
62354 | 2579 *** The new command `bibtex-copy-summary-as-kill' pushes summary |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2580 of BibTeX entry to kill ring (bound to C-c C-t). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2581 |
67575
d0f7b15488df
(bibtex-expand-strings)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67477
diff
changeset
|
2582 *** The new variables bibtex-expand-strings and |
d0f7b15488df
(bibtex-expand-strings)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67477
diff
changeset
|
2583 bibtex-autokey-expand-strings control the expansion of strings when |
d0f7b15488df
(bibtex-expand-strings)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67477
diff
changeset
|
2584 extracting the content of a BibTeX field. |
d0f7b15488df
(bibtex-expand-strings)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67477
diff
changeset
|
2585 |
69582
0cf3bce62852
(bibtex-mode)
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
69553
diff
changeset
|
2586 *** The variables `bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert' and |
0cf3bce62852
(bibtex-mode)
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
69553
diff
changeset
|
2587 `bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert' have been renamed to |
0cf3bce62852
(bibtex-mode)
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
69553
diff
changeset
|
2588 `bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert-function' and |
75187 | 2589 `bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert-function'. The old names are |
69582
0cf3bce62852
(bibtex-mode)
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
69553
diff
changeset
|
2590 still available as aliases. |
0cf3bce62852
(bibtex-mode)
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
69553
diff
changeset
|
2591 |
70833
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
2592 ** In Artist mode the variable `artist-text-renderer' has been |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
2593 renamed to `artist-text-renderer-function'. The old name is still |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
2594 available as alias. |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
2595 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2596 ** In Enriched mode, `set-left-margin' and `set-right-margin' are now |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2597 by default bound to `C-c [' and `C-c ]' instead of the former `C-c C-l' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2598 and `C-c C-r'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2599 |
62043 | 2600 ** GUD changes: |
2601 | |
2602 *** In GUD mode, when talking to GDB, C-x C-a C-j "jumps" the program | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2603 counter to the specified source line (the one where point is). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2604 |
62043 | 2605 *** GUD mode has its own tool bar for controlling execution of the inferior |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2606 and other common debugger commands. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2607 |
62187 | 2608 *** The new package gdb-ui.el provides an enhanced graphical interface to |
70140
e7260a496ebf
Mention t-mouse.el. Touch up description of gdb-ui.el.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
69947
diff
changeset
|
2609 GDB. You can interact with GDB through the GUD buffer in the usual way, but |
62187 | 2610 there are also further buffers which control the execution and describe the |
62382
18df216f4b3a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62354
diff
changeset
|
2611 state of your program. It can separate the input/output of your program from |
62187 | 2612 that of GDB and watches expressions in the speedbar. It also uses features of |
64449 | 2613 Emacs 21/22 such as the toolbar, and bitmaps in the fringe to indicate |
62382
18df216f4b3a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62354
diff
changeset
|
2614 breakpoints. |
18df216f4b3a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62354
diff
changeset
|
2615 |
70140
e7260a496ebf
Mention t-mouse.el. Touch up description of gdb-ui.el.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
69947
diff
changeset
|
2616 To use this package just type M-x gdb. See the Emacs manual if you want the |
e7260a496ebf
Mention t-mouse.el. Touch up description of gdb-ui.el.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
69947
diff
changeset
|
2617 old behaviour. |
62187 | 2618 |
62497
e4728ae2ecf8
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62457
diff
changeset
|
2619 *** The variable tooltip-gud-tips-p has been removed. GUD tooltips can now be |
62457
4e1114c69642
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62454
diff
changeset
|
2620 toggled independently of normal tooltips with the minor mode |
4e1114c69642
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62454
diff
changeset
|
2621 `gud-tooltip-mode'. |
62187 | 2622 |
2623 *** In graphical mode, with a C program, GUD Tooltips have been extended to | |
2624 display the #define directive associated with an identifier when program is | |
2625 not executing. | |
2626 | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2627 ** GUD mode improvements for jdb: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2628 |
68070 | 2629 *** Search for source files using jdb classpath and class information. |
2630 Fast startup since there is no need to scan all source files up front. | |
2631 There is also no need to create and maintain lists of source | |
2632 directories to scan. Look at `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and | |
2633 `gud-jdb-classpath' customization variables documentation. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2634 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2635 *** Supports the standard breakpoint (gud-break, gud-clear) |
68070 | 2636 set/clear operations from Java source files under the classpath, stack |
2637 traversal (gud-up, gud-down), and run until current stack finish | |
2638 (gud-finish). | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2639 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2640 *** Supports new jdb (Java 1.2 and later) in addition to oldjdb |
68070 | 2641 (Java 1.1 jdb). |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2642 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2643 *** The previous method of searching for source files has been |
68070 | 2644 preserved in case someone still wants/needs to use it. |
2645 Set `gud-jdb-use-classpath' to nil. | |
2646 | |
2647 *** Added Customization Variables | |
2648 | |
2649 **** `gud-jdb-command-name'. What command line to use to invoke jdb. | |
2650 | |
2651 **** `gud-jdb-use-classpath'. Allows selection of java source file searching | |
2652 method: set to t for new method, nil to scan `gud-jdb-directories' for | |
2653 java sources (previous method). | |
2654 | |
2655 **** `gud-jdb-directories'. List of directories to scan and search for Java | |
2656 classes using the original gud-jdb method (if `gud-jdb-use-classpath' | |
2657 is nil). | |
2658 | |
2659 *** Minor Improvements | |
2660 | |
2661 **** The STARTTLS wrapper (starttls.el) can now use GNUTLS | |
62354 | 2662 instead of the OpenSSL based `starttls' tool. For backwards |
2663 compatibility, it prefers `starttls', but you can toggle | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2664 `starttls-use-gnutls' to switch to GNUTLS (or simply remove the |
62354 | 2665 `starttls' tool). |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2666 |
68070 | 2667 **** Do not allow debugger output history variable to grow without bounds. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2668 |
62043 | 2669 ** Auto-Revert changes: |
2670 | |
2671 *** You can now use Auto Revert mode to `tail' a file. | |
62354 | 2672 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2673 If point is at the end of a file buffer before reverting, Auto Revert |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2674 mode keeps it at the end after reverting. Similarly if point is |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2675 displayed at the end of a file buffer in any window, it stays at |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2676 the end of the buffer in that window. This allows to tail a file: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2677 just put point at the end of the buffer and it stays there. This |
62187 | 2678 rule applies to file buffers. For non-file buffers, the behavior can |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2679 be mode dependent. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2680 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2681 If you are sure that the file will only change by growing at the end, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2682 then you can tail the file more efficiently by using the new minor |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2683 mode Auto Revert Tail mode. The function `auto-revert-tail-mode' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2684 toggles this mode. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2685 |
62043 | 2686 *** Auto Revert mode is now more careful to avoid excessive reverts and |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2687 other potential problems when deciding which non-file buffers to |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2688 revert. This matters especially if Global Auto Revert mode is enabled |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2689 and `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil. Auto Revert |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2690 mode only reverts a non-file buffer if the buffer has a non-nil |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2691 `revert-buffer-function' and a non-nil `buffer-stale-function', which |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2692 decides whether the buffer should be reverted. Currently, this means |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2693 that auto reverting works for Dired buffers (although this may not |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2694 work properly on all operating systems) and for the Buffer Menu. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2695 |
62043 | 2696 *** If the new user option `auto-revert-check-vc-info' is non-nil, Auto |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2697 Revert mode reliably updates version control info (such as the version |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2698 control number in the mode line), in all version controlled buffers in |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2699 which it is active. If the option is nil, the default, then this info |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2700 only gets updated whenever the buffer gets reverted. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2701 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2702 ** recentf changes. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2703 |
68070 | 2704 The recent file list is now automatically cleaned up when recentf mode is |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2705 enabled. The new option `recentf-auto-cleanup' controls when to do |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2706 automatic cleanup. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2707 |
65745 | 2708 The ten most recent files can be quickly opened by using the shortcut |
2709 keys 1 to 9, and 0, when the recent list is displayed in a buffer via | |
2710 the `recentf-open-files', or `recentf-open-more-files' commands. | |
2711 | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2712 The `recentf-keep' option replaces `recentf-keep-non-readable-files-p' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2713 and provides a more general mechanism to customize which file names to |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2714 keep in the recent list. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2715 |
65745 | 2716 With the more advanced option `recentf-filename-handlers', you can |
2717 specify functions that successively transform recent file names. For | |
2718 example, if set to `file-truename' plus `abbreviate-file-name', the | |
2719 same file will not be in the recent list with different symbolic | |
2720 links, and the file name will be abbreviated. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2721 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2722 To follow naming convention, `recentf-menu-append-commands-flag' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2723 replaces the misnamed option `recentf-menu-append-commands-p'. The |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2724 old name remains available as alias, but has been marked obsolete. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2725 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2726 ** Desktop package |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2727 |
62354 | 2728 *** Desktop saving is now a minor mode, `desktop-save-mode'. |
2729 | |
2730 *** The variable `desktop-enable' is obsolete. | |
2731 | |
2732 Customize `desktop-save-mode' to enable desktop saving. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2733 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2734 *** Buffers are saved in the desktop file in the same order as that in the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2735 buffer list. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2736 |
62354 | 2737 *** The desktop package can be customized to restore only some buffers |
2738 immediately, remaining buffers are restored lazily (when Emacs is | |
2739 idle). | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2740 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2741 *** New commands: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2742 - desktop-revert reverts to the last loaded desktop. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2743 - desktop-change-dir kills current desktop and loads a new. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2744 - desktop-save-in-desktop-dir saves desktop in the directory from which |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2745 it was loaded. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2746 - desktop-lazy-complete runs the desktop load to completion. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2747 - desktop-lazy-abort aborts lazy loading of the desktop. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2748 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2749 *** New customizable variables: |
69643 | 2750 - desktop-save. Determines whether the desktop should be saved when it is |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2751 killed. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2752 - desktop-file-name-format. Format in which desktop file names should be saved. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2753 - desktop-path. List of directories in which to lookup the desktop file. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2754 - desktop-locals-to-save. List of local variables to save. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2755 - desktop-globals-to-clear. List of global variables that `desktop-clear' will clear. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2756 - desktop-clear-preserve-buffers-regexp. Regexp identifying buffers that `desktop-clear' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2757 should not delete. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2758 - desktop-restore-eager. Number of buffers to restore immediately. Remaining buffers are |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2759 restored lazily (when Emacs is idle). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2760 - desktop-lazy-verbose. Verbose reporting of lazily created buffers. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2761 - desktop-lazy-idle-delay. Idle delay before starting to create buffers. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2762 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2763 *** New command line option --no-desktop |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2764 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2765 *** New hooks: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2766 - desktop-after-read-hook run after a desktop is loaded. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2767 - desktop-no-desktop-file-hook run when no desktop file is found. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2768 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2769 ** The saveplace.el package now filters out unreadable files. |
62353 | 2770 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2771 When you exit Emacs, the saved positions in visited files no longer |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2772 include files that aren't readable, e.g. files that don't exist. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2773 Customize the new option `save-place-forget-unreadable-files' to nil |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2774 to get the old behavior. The new options `save-place-save-skipped' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2775 and `save-place-skip-check-regexp' allow further fine-tuning of this |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2776 feature. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2777 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2778 ** EDiff changes. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2779 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2780 *** When comparing directories. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2781 Typing D brings up a buffer that lists the differences between the contents of |
75187 | 2782 directories. Now it is possible to use this buffer to copy the missing files |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2783 from one directory to another. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2784 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2785 *** When comparing files or buffers. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2786 Typing the = key now offers to perform the word-by-word comparison of the |
75187 | 2787 currently highlighted regions in an inferior Ediff session. If you answer 'n' |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2788 then it reverts to the old behavior and asks the user to select regions for |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2789 comparison. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2790 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2791 *** The new command `ediff-backup' compares a file with its most recent |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2792 backup using `ediff'. If you specify the name of a backup file, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2793 `ediff-backup' compares it with the file of which it is a backup. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2794 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2795 ** Etags changes. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2796 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2797 *** New regular expressions features |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2798 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2799 **** New syntax for regular expressions, multi-line regular expressions. |
62353 | 2800 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2801 The syntax --ignore-case-regexp=/regex/ is now undocumented and retained |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2802 only for backward compatibility. The new equivalent syntax is |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2803 --regex=/regex/i. More generally, it is --regex=/TAGREGEX/TAGNAME/MODS, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2804 where `/TAGNAME' is optional, as usual, and MODS is a string of 0 or |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2805 more characters among `i' (ignore case), `m' (multi-line) and `s' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2806 (single-line). The `m' and `s' modifiers behave as in Perl regular |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2807 expressions: `m' allows regexps to match more than one line, while `s' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2808 (which implies `m') means that `.' matches newlines. The ability to |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2809 span newlines allows writing of much more powerful regular expressions |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2810 and rapid prototyping for tagging new languages. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2811 |
62353 | 2812 **** Regular expressions can use char escape sequences as in GCC. |
2813 | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2814 The escaped character sequence \a, \b, \d, \e, \f, \n, \r, \t, \v, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2815 respectively, stand for the ASCII characters BEL, BS, DEL, ESC, FF, NL, |
68070 | 2816 CR, TAB, VT. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2817 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2818 **** Regular expressions can be bound to a given language. |
62353 | 2819 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2820 The syntax --regex={LANGUAGE}REGEX means that REGEX is used to make tags |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2821 only for files of language LANGUAGE, and ignored otherwise. This is |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2822 particularly useful when storing regexps in a file. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2823 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2824 **** Regular expressions can be read from a file. |
62353 | 2825 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2826 The --regex=@regexfile option means read the regexps from a file, one |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2827 per line. Lines beginning with space or tab are ignored. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2828 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2829 *** New language parsing features |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2830 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2831 **** The `::' qualifier triggers C++ parsing in C file. |
62353 | 2832 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2833 Previously, only the `template' and `class' keywords had this effect. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2834 |
63612 | 2835 **** The GCC __attribute__ keyword is now recognized and ignored. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2836 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2837 **** New language HTML. |
62353 | 2838 |
2839 Tags are generated for `title' as well as `h1', `h2', and `h3'. Also, | |
2840 when `name=' is used inside an anchor and whenever `id=' is used. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2841 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2842 **** In Makefiles, constants are tagged. |
62353 | 2843 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2844 If you want the old behavior instead, thus avoiding to increase the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2845 size of the tags file, use the --no-globals option. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2846 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2847 **** New language Lua. |
62353 | 2848 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2849 All functions are tagged. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2850 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2851 **** In Perl, packages are tags. |
62353 | 2852 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2853 Subroutine tags are named from their package. You can jump to sub tags |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2854 as you did before, by the sub name, or additionally by looking for |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2855 package::sub. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2856 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2857 **** In Prolog, etags creates tags for rules in addition to predicates. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2858 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2859 **** New language PHP. |
62353 | 2860 |
2861 Functions, classes and defines are tags. If the --members option is | |
2862 specified to etags, variables are tags also. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2863 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2864 **** New default keywords for TeX. |
62353 | 2865 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2866 The new keywords are def, newcommand, renewcommand, newenvironment and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2867 renewenvironment. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2868 |
71785
526741e654b5
**** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for #undef
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents:
71778
diff
changeset
|
2869 **** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for #undef |
526741e654b5
**** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for #undef
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents:
71778
diff
changeset
|
2870 |
69643 | 2871 *** Honor #line directives. |
62353 | 2872 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2873 When Etags parses an input file that contains C preprocessor's #line |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2874 directives, it creates tags using the file name and line number |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2875 specified in those directives. This is useful when dealing with code |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2876 created from Cweb source files. When Etags tags the generated file, it |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2877 writes tags pointing to the source file. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2878 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2879 *** New option --parse-stdin=FILE. |
62353 | 2880 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2881 This option is mostly useful when calling etags from programs. It can |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2882 be used (only once) in place of a file name on the command line. Etags |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2883 reads from standard input and marks the produced tags as belonging to |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2884 the file FILE. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2885 |
75684
4f39aeb27f75
(etags): Now --members is the default for etags, not for ctags yet.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents:
75590
diff
changeset
|
2886 *** The --members option is now the default. |
4f39aeb27f75
(etags): Now --members is the default for etags, not for ctags yet.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents:
75590
diff
changeset
|
2887 |
4f39aeb27f75
(etags): Now --members is the default for etags, not for ctags yet.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents:
75590
diff
changeset
|
2888 Use --no-members if you want the old default behaviour of not tagging |
4f39aeb27f75
(etags): Now --members is the default for etags, not for ctags yet.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents:
75590
diff
changeset
|
2889 struct members in C, members variables in C++ and variables in PHP. |
4f39aeb27f75
(etags): Now --members is the default for etags, not for ctags yet.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents:
75590
diff
changeset
|
2890 |
75123
b4934b436020
Mention the change in ctags wrt duplicate tags.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
75006
diff
changeset
|
2891 ** Ctags changes. |
b4934b436020
Mention the change in ctags wrt duplicate tags.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
75006
diff
changeset
|
2892 |
b4934b436020
Mention the change in ctags wrt duplicate tags.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
75006
diff
changeset
|
2893 *** Ctags now allows duplicate tags |
b4934b436020
Mention the change in ctags wrt duplicate tags.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
75006
diff
changeset
|
2894 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2895 ** VC Changes |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2896 |
62353 | 2897 *** The key C-x C-q only changes the read-only state of the buffer |
2898 (toggle-read-only). It no longer checks files in or out. | |
2899 | |
2900 We made this change because we held a poll and found that many users | |
2901 were unhappy with the previous behavior. If you do prefer this | |
2902 behavior, you can bind `vc-toggle-read-only' to C-x C-q in your | |
2903 `.emacs' file: | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2904 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2905 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-q" 'vc-toggle-read-only) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2906 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2907 The function `vc-toggle-read-only' will continue to exist. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2908 |
62353 | 2909 *** The new variable `vc-cvs-global-switches' specifies switches that |
2910 are passed to any CVS command invoked by VC. | |
2911 | |
2912 These switches are used as "global options" for CVS, which means they | |
2913 are inserted before the command name. For example, this allows you to | |
2914 specify a compression level using the `-z#' option for CVS. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2915 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2916 *** New backends for Subversion and Meta-CVS. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2917 |
62353 | 2918 *** VC-Annotate mode enhancements |
2919 | |
2920 In VC-Annotate mode, you can now use the following key bindings for | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2921 enhanced functionality to browse the annotations of past revisions, or |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2922 to view diffs or log entries directly from vc-annotate-mode: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2923 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2924 P: annotates the previous revision |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2925 N: annotates the next revision |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2926 J: annotates the revision at line |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2927 A: annotates the revision previous to line |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2928 D: shows the diff of the revision at line with its previous revision |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2929 L: shows the log of the revision at line |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2930 W: annotates the workfile (most up to date) version |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2931 |
62043 | 2932 ** pcl-cvs changes: |
2933 | |
2934 *** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d y' command to view the diffs | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2935 between the local version of the file and yesterday's head revision |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2936 in the repository. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2937 |
62043 | 2938 *** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d r' command to view the changes |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2939 anyone has committed to the repository since you last executed |
62353 | 2940 `checkout', `update' or `commit'. That means using cvs diff options |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2941 -rBASE -rHEAD. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2942 |
62353 | 2943 ** The new variable `mail-default-directory' specifies |
2944 `default-directory' for mail buffers. This directory is used for | |
2945 auto-save files of mail buffers. It defaults to "~/". | |
2946 | |
2947 ** The mode line can indicate new mail in a directory or file. | |
2948 | |
2949 See the documentation of the user option | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
2950 `display-time-mail-directory'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
2951 |
62187 | 2952 ** Rmail changes: |
2953 | |
2954 *** Rmail now displays 5-digit message ids in its summary buffer. | |
2955 | |
64934 | 2956 *** The new commands rmail-end-of-message and rmail-summary end-of-message, |
2957 by default bound to `/', go to the end of the current mail message in | |
2958 Rmail and Rmail summary buffers. | |
2959 | |
62187 | 2960 *** Support for `movemail' from GNU mailutils was added to Rmail. |
62353 | 2961 |
62187 | 2962 This version of `movemail' allows to read mail from a wide range of |
2963 mailbox formats, including remote POP3 and IMAP4 mailboxes with or | |
2964 without TLS encryption. If GNU mailutils is installed on the system | |
2965 and its version of `movemail' can be found in exec-path, it will be | |
2966 used instead of the native one. | |
2967 | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2968 ** Gnus package |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2969 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2970 *** Gnus now includes Sieve and PGG |
62353 | 2971 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2972 Sieve is a library for managing Sieve scripts. PGG is a library to handle |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2973 PGP/MIME. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2974 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2975 *** There are many news features, bug fixes and improvements. |
62353 | 2976 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2977 See the file GNUS-NEWS or the node "Oort Gnus" in the Gnus manual for details. |
39552 | 2978 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2979 ** MH-E changes. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2980 |
73961
81aff93ddf43
Update for MH-E release 8.0.3.
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
73524
diff
changeset
|
2981 Upgraded to MH-E version 8.0.3. There have been major changes since |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2982 version 5.0.2; see MH-E-NEWS for details. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2983 |
62043 | 2984 ** Calendar changes: |
2985 | |
74854
e39a600f54c9
< and > have been switched for the Calendar.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
74790
diff
changeset
|
2986 *** The meanings of C-x < and C-x > have been interchanged. |
e39a600f54c9
< and > have been switched for the Calendar.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
74790
diff
changeset
|
2987 < means to scroll backward in time, and > means to scroll forward. |
e39a600f54c9
< and > have been switched for the Calendar.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
74790
diff
changeset
|
2988 |
64849
a2d841662b3d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64817
diff
changeset
|
2989 *** You can now use < and >, instead of C-x < and C-x >, to scroll |
74854
e39a600f54c9
< and > have been switched for the Calendar.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
74790
diff
changeset
|
2990 the calendar left or right. |
64849
a2d841662b3d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64817
diff
changeset
|
2991 |
62043 | 2992 *** There is a new calendar package, icalendar.el, that can be used to |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2993 convert Emacs diary entries to/from the iCalendar format. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2994 |
73524 | 2995 *** The new package cal-html.el writes HTML files with calendar and |
2996 diary entries. | |
2997 | |
62043 | 2998 *** Diary sexp entries can have custom marking in the calendar. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2999 Diary sexp functions which only apply to certain days (such as |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3000 `diary-block' or `diary-cyclic') now take an optional parameter MARK, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3001 which is the name of a face or a single-character string indicating |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3002 how to highlight the day in the calendar display. Specifying a |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3003 single-character string as @var{mark} places the character next to the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3004 day in the calendar. Specifying a face highlights the day with that |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3005 face. This lets you have different colors or markings for vacations, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3006 appointments, paydays or anything else using a sexp. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3007 |
62043 | 3008 *** The new function `calendar-goto-day-of-year' (g D) prompts for a |
75187 | 3009 year and day number, and moves to that date. Negative day numbers |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3010 count backward from the end of the year. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3011 |
62043 | 3012 *** The new Calendar function `calendar-goto-iso-week' (g w) |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3013 prompts for a year and a week number, and moves to the first |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3014 day of that ISO week. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3015 |
62043 | 3016 *** The new variable `calendar-minimum-window-height' affects the |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3017 window generated by the function `generate-calendar-window'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3018 |
62043 | 3019 *** The functions `holiday-easter-etc' and `holiday-advent' now take |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3020 optional arguments, in order to only report on the specified holiday |
75187 | 3021 rather than all. This makes customization of variables such as |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3022 `christian-holidays' simpler. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3023 |
62043 | 3024 *** The function `simple-diary-display' now by default sets a header line. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3025 This can be controlled through the variables `diary-header-line-flag' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3026 and `diary-header-line-format'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3027 |
62353 | 3028 *** The procedure for activating appointment reminders has changed: |
3029 use the new function `appt-activate'. The new variable | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3030 `appt-display-format' controls how reminders are displayed, replacing |
62353 | 3031 `appt-issue-message', `appt-visible', and `appt-msg-window'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3032 |
62043 | 3033 *** The new functions `diary-from-outlook', `diary-from-outlook-gnus', |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3034 and `diary-from-outlook-rmail' can be used to import diary entries |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3035 from Outlook-format appointments in mail messages. The variable |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3036 `diary-outlook-formats' can be customized to recognize additional |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3037 formats. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3038 |
65948 | 3039 ** Speedbar changes: |
3040 | |
3041 *** Speedbar items can now be selected by clicking mouse-1, based on | |
3042 the `mouse-1-click-follows-link' mechanism. | |
3043 | |
3044 *** SPC and DEL are no longer bound to scroll up/down in the speedbar | |
3045 keymap. | |
3046 | |
3047 *** The new command `speedbar-toggle-line-expansion', bound to SPC, | |
3048 contracts or expands the line under the cursor. | |
3049 | |
3050 *** New command `speedbar-create-directory', bound to `M'. | |
3051 | |
3052 *** The new commands `speedbar-expand-line-descendants' and | |
3053 `speedbar-contract-line-descendants', bound to `[' and `]' | |
3054 respectively, expand and contract the line under cursor with all of | |
3055 its descendents. | |
3056 | |
3057 *** The new user option `speedbar-query-confirmation-method' controls | |
3058 how querying is performed for file operations. A value of 'always | |
3059 means to always query before file operations; 'none-but-delete means | |
3060 to not query before any file operations, except before a file | |
3061 deletion. | |
3062 | |
3063 *** The new user option `speedbar-select-frame-method' specifies how | |
3064 to select a frame for displaying a file opened with the speedbar. A | |
3065 value of 'attached means to use the attached frame (the frame that | |
3066 speedbar was started from.) A number such as 1 or -1 means to pass | |
3067 that number to `other-frame'. | |
3068 | |
3069 *** The new user option `speedbar-use-tool-tips-flag', if non-nil, | |
3070 means to display tool-tips for speedbar items. | |
3071 | |
3072 *** The frame management code in speedbar.el has been split into a new | |
3073 `dframe' library. Emacs Lisp code that makes use of the speedbar | |
3074 should use `dframe-attached-frame' instead of | |
3075 `speedbar-attached-frame', `dframe-timer' instead of `speedbar-timer', | |
3076 `dframe-close-frame' instead of `speedbar-close-frame', and | |
3077 `dframe-activity-change-focus-flag' instead of | |
3078 `speedbar-activity-change-focus-flag'. The variables | |
3079 `speedbar-update-speed' and `speedbar-navigating-speed' are also | |
3080 obsolete; use `dframe-update-speed' instead. | |
3081 | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3082 ** sql changes. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3083 |
69643 | 3084 *** The variable `sql-product' controls the highlighting of different |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3085 SQL dialects. This variable can be set globally via Customize, on a |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3086 buffer-specific basis via local variable settings, or for the current |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3087 session using the new SQL->Product submenu. (This menu replaces the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3088 SQL->Highlighting submenu.) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3089 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3090 The following values are supported: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3091 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3092 ansi ANSI Standard (default) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3093 db2 DB2 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3094 informix Informix |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3095 ingres Ingres |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3096 interbase Interbase |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3097 linter Linter |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3098 ms Microsoft |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3099 mysql MySQL |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3100 oracle Oracle |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3101 postgres Postgres |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3102 solid Solid |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3103 sqlite SQLite |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3104 sybase Sybase |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3105 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3106 The current product name will be shown on the mode line following the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3107 SQL mode indicator. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3108 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3109 The technique of setting `sql-mode-font-lock-defaults' directly in |
62353 | 3110 your `.emacs' will no longer establish the default highlighting -- Use |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3111 `sql-product' to accomplish this. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3112 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3113 ANSI keywords are always highlighted. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3114 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3115 *** The function `sql-add-product-keywords' can be used to add |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3116 font-lock rules to the product specific rules. For example, to have |
62353 | 3117 all identifiers ending in `_t' under MS SQLServer treated as a type, |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3118 you would use the following line in your .emacs file: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3119 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3120 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3121 '(("\\<\\w+_t\\>" . font-lock-type-face))) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3122 |
62353 | 3123 *** Oracle support includes keyword highlighting for Oracle 9i. |
3124 | |
3125 Most SQL and PL/SQL keywords are implemented. SQL*Plus commands are | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3126 highlighted in `font-lock-doc-face'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3127 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3128 *** Microsoft SQLServer support has been significantly improved. |
62353 | 3129 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3130 Keyword highlighting for SqlServer 2000 is implemented. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3131 sql-interactive-mode defaults to use osql, rather than isql, because |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3132 osql flushes its error stream more frequently. Thus error messages |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3133 are displayed when they occur rather than when the session is |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3134 terminated. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3135 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3136 If the username and password are not provided to `sql-ms', osql is |
62353 | 3137 called with the `-E' command line argument to use the operating system |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3138 credentials to authenticate the user. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3139 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3140 *** Postgres support is enhanced. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3141 Keyword highlighting of Postgres 7.3 is implemented. Prompting for |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3142 the username and the pgsql `-U' option is added. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3143 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3144 *** MySQL support is enhanced. |
69643 | 3145 Keyword highlighting of MySql 4.0 is implemented. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3146 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3147 *** Imenu support has been enhanced to locate tables, views, indexes, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3148 packages, procedures, functions, triggers, sequences, rules, and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3149 defaults. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3150 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3151 *** Added SQL->Start SQLi Session menu entry which calls the |
62353 | 3152 appropriate `sql-interactive-mode' wrapper for the current setting of |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3153 `sql-product'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3154 |
62353 | 3155 *** sql.el supports the SQLite interpreter--call 'sql-sqlite'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3156 |
62043 | 3157 ** FFAP changes: |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3158 |
62353 | 3159 *** New ffap commands and keybindings: |
3160 | |
3161 C-x C-r (`ffap-read-only'), | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3162 C-x C-v (`ffap-alternate-file'), C-x C-d (`ffap-list-directory'), |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3163 C-x 4 r (`ffap-read-only-other-window'), C-x 4 d (`ffap-dired-other-window'), |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3164 C-x 5 r (`ffap-read-only-other-frame'), C-x 5 d (`ffap-dired-other-frame'). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3165 |
62353 | 3166 *** FFAP accepts wildcards in a file name by default. |
3167 | |
3168 C-x C-f passes the file name to `find-file' with non-nil WILDCARDS | |
3169 argument, which visits multiple files, and C-x d passes it to `dired'. | |
3170 | |
70833
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
3171 ** Changes in Skeleton |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
3172 |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
3173 *** In skeleton.el, `-' marks the `skeleton-point' without interregion interaction. |
62353 | 3174 |
3175 `@' has reverted to only setting `skeleton-positions' and no longer | |
3176 sets `skeleton-point'. Skeletons which used @ to mark | |
3177 `skeleton-point' independent of `_' should now use `-' instead. The | |
3178 updated `skeleton-insert' docstring explains these new features along | |
3179 with other details of skeleton construction. | |
56317 | 3180 |
70833
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
3181 *** The variables `skeleton-transformation', `skeleton-filter', and |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
3182 `skeleton-pair-filter' have been renamed to |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
3183 `skeleton-transformation-function', `skeleton-filter-function', and |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
3184 `skeleton-pair-filter-function'. The old names are still available |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
3185 as aliases. |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
3186 |
65543
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
3187 ** Hideshow mode changes |
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
3188 |
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
3189 *** New variable `hs-set-up-overlay' allows customization of the overlay |
59088
ebbf26327c31
Mention new var `hs-set-up-overlay'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
59060
diff
changeset
|
3190 used to effect hiding for hideshow minor mode. Integration with isearch |
ebbf26327c31
Mention new var `hs-set-up-overlay'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
59060
diff
changeset
|
3191 handles the overlay property `display' specially, preserving it during |
ebbf26327c31
Mention new var `hs-set-up-overlay'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
59060
diff
changeset
|
3192 temporary overlay showing in the course of an isearch operation. |
ebbf26327c31
Mention new var `hs-set-up-overlay'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
59060
diff
changeset
|
3193 |
65543
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
3194 *** New variable `hs-allow-nesting' non-nil means that hiding a block does |
65503
e1161bdd6143
Mention new user var `hs-allow-nesting'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
65430
diff
changeset
|
3195 not discard the hidden state of any "internal" blocks; when the parent |
e1161bdd6143
Mention new user var `hs-allow-nesting'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
65430
diff
changeset
|
3196 block is later shown, the internal blocks remain hidden. Default is nil. |
e1161bdd6143
Mention new user var `hs-allow-nesting'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
65430
diff
changeset
|
3197 |
62353 | 3198 ** `hide-ifdef-mode' now uses overlays rather than selective-display |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3199 to hide its text. This should be mostly transparent but slightly |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3200 changes the behavior of motion commands like C-e and C-p. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3201 |
62353 | 3202 ** `partial-completion-mode' now handles partial completion on directory names. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3203 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3204 ** The type-break package now allows `type-break-file-name' to be nil |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3205 and if so, doesn't store any data across sessions. This is handy if |
62353 | 3206 you don't want the `.type-break' file in your home directory or are |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3207 annoyed by the need for interaction when you kill Emacs. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3208 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3209 ** `ps-print' can now print characters from the mule-unicode charsets. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3210 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3211 Printing text with characters from the mule-unicode-* sets works with |
62353 | 3212 `ps-print', provided that you have installed the appropriate BDF |
3213 fonts. See the file INSTALL for URLs where you can find these fonts. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3214 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3215 ** New command `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3216 This is like `strokes-global-set-stroke', but it allows you to bind |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3217 the stroke directly to a string to insert. This is convenient for |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3218 using strokes as an input method. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3219 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3220 ** Emacs server changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3221 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3222 *** You can have several Emacs servers on the same machine. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3223 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3224 % emacs --eval '(setq server-name "foo")' -f server-start & |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3225 % emacs --eval '(setq server-name "bar")' -f server-start & |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3226 % emacsclient -s foo file1 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3227 % emacsclient -s bar file2 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3228 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3229 *** The `emacsclient' command understands the options `--eval' and |
62325
13d3be64499c
Write "Lisp" properly. Other cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62324
diff
changeset
|
3230 `--display' which tell Emacs respectively to evaluate the given Lisp |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3231 expression and to use the given display when visiting files. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3232 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3233 *** User option `server-mode' can be used to start a server process. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3234 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3235 ** LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3236 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3237 ** You can now disable pc-selection-mode after enabling it. |
62353 | 3238 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3239 M-x pc-selection-mode behaves like a proper minor mode, and with no |
62353 | 3240 argument it toggles the mode. Turning off PC-Selection mode restores |
3241 the global key bindings that were replaced by turning on the mode. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3242 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3243 ** `uniquify-strip-common-suffix' tells uniquify to prefer |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3244 `file|dir1' and `file|dir2' to `file|dir1/subdir' and `file|dir2/subdir'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3245 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3246 ** Support for `magic cookie' standout modes has been removed. |
62353 | 3247 |
3248 Emacs still works on terminals that require magic cookies in order to | |
3249 use standout mode, but they can no longer display mode-lines in | |
3250 inverse-video. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3251 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3252 ** The game `mpuz' is enhanced. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3253 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3254 `mpuz' now allows the 2nd factor not to have two identical digits. By |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3255 default, all trivial operations involving whole lines are performed |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3256 automatically. The game uses faces for better visual feedback. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3257 |
64096
2e276bd5cd33
Mention OS X support for battery.el.
Lute Kamstra <lute@gnu.org>
parents:
63863
diff
changeset
|
3258 ** battery.el changes: |
2e276bd5cd33
Mention OS X support for battery.el.
Lute Kamstra <lute@gnu.org>
parents:
63863
diff
changeset
|
3259 |
2e276bd5cd33
Mention OS X support for battery.el.
Lute Kamstra <lute@gnu.org>
parents:
63863
diff
changeset
|
3260 *** display-battery-mode replaces display-battery. |
2e276bd5cd33
Mention OS X support for battery.el.
Lute Kamstra <lute@gnu.org>
parents:
63863
diff
changeset
|
3261 |
2e276bd5cd33
Mention OS X support for battery.el.
Lute Kamstra <lute@gnu.org>
parents:
63863
diff
changeset
|
3262 *** battery.el now works on recent versions of OS X. |
62353 | 3263 |
3264 ** calculator.el now has radix grouping mode. | |
3265 | |
3266 To enable this, set `calculator-output-radix' non-nil. In this mode a | |
3267 separator character is used every few digits, making it easier to see | |
69643 | 3268 byte boundaries etc. For more info, see the documentation of the |
62353 | 3269 variable `calculator-radix-grouping-mode'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3270 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3271 ** fast-lock.el and lazy-lock.el are obsolete. Use jit-lock.el instead. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3272 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3273 ** iso-acc.el is now obsolete. Use one of the latin input methods instead. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3274 |
72351
cf36b1a9d6b7
Mention that zone-mode.el is now obsolete.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
72251
diff
changeset
|
3275 ** zone-mode.el is now obsolete. Use dns-mode.el instead. |
cf36b1a9d6b7
Mention that zone-mode.el is now obsolete.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
72251
diff
changeset
|
3276 |
62353 | 3277 ** cplus-md.el has been deleted. |
71008
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3278 |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3279 ** Ewoc changes |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3280 |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3281 *** The new function `ewoc-delete' deletes specified nodes. |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3282 |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3283 *** `ewoc-create' now takes optional arg NOSEP, which inhibits insertion of |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3284 a newline after each pretty-printed entry and after the header and footer. |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3285 This allows you to create multiple-entry ewocs on a single line and to |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3286 effect "invisible" nodes by arranging for the pretty-printer to not print |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3287 anything for those nodes. |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3288 |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3289 For example, these two sequences of expressions behave identically: |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3290 |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3291 ;; NOSEP nil |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3292 (defun PP (data) (insert (format "%S" data))) |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3293 (ewoc-create 'PP "start\n") |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3294 |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3295 ;; NOSEP t |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3296 (defun PP (data) (insert (format "%S\n" data))) |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3297 (ewoc-create 'PP "start\n\n" "\n" t) |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3298 |
71601
c7218dbd298e
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
71570
diff
changeset
|
3299 ** Locate changes |
c7218dbd298e
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
71570
diff
changeset
|
3300 |
c7218dbd298e
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
71570
diff
changeset
|
3301 *** By default, reverting the *Locate* buffer now just runs the last |
c7218dbd298e
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
71570
diff
changeset
|
3302 `locate' command back over again without offering to update the locate |
c7218dbd298e
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
71570
diff
changeset
|
3303 database (which normally only works if you have root privileges). If |
c7218dbd298e
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
71570
diff
changeset
|
3304 you prefer the old behavior, set the new customizable option |
c7218dbd298e
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
71570
diff
changeset
|
3305 `locate-update-when-revert' to t. |
c7218dbd298e
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
71570
diff
changeset
|
3306 |
52902 | 3307 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3308 * Changes in Emacs 22.1 on non-free operating systems |
62043 | 3309 |
64354
f5718c40311a
Default HOME on MS Windows has changed.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64266
diff
changeset
|
3310 ** The HOME directory defaults to Application Data under the user profile. |
f5718c40311a
Default HOME on MS Windows has changed.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64266
diff
changeset
|
3311 |
f5718c40311a
Default HOME on MS Windows has changed.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64266
diff
changeset
|
3312 If you used a previous version of Emacs without setting the HOME |
64360
0221abec4702
Clarify the location of $HOME on w32.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64355
diff
changeset
|
3313 environment variable and a `.emacs' was saved, then Emacs will continue |
0221abec4702
Clarify the location of $HOME on w32.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64355
diff
changeset
|
3314 using C:/ as the default HOME. But if you are installing Emacs afresh, |
64354
f5718c40311a
Default HOME on MS Windows has changed.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64266
diff
changeset
|
3315 the default location will be the "Application Data" (or similar |
64360
0221abec4702
Clarify the location of $HOME on w32.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64355
diff
changeset
|
3316 localized name) subdirectory of your user profile. A typical location |
0221abec4702
Clarify the location of $HOME on w32.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64355
diff
changeset
|
3317 of this directory is "C:\Documents and Settings\USERNAME\Application Data", |
0221abec4702
Clarify the location of $HOME on w32.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64355
diff
changeset
|
3318 where USERNAME is your user name. |
0221abec4702
Clarify the location of $HOME on w32.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64355
diff
changeset
|
3319 |
0221abec4702
Clarify the location of $HOME on w32.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64355
diff
changeset
|
3320 This change means that users can now have their own `.emacs' files on |
0221abec4702
Clarify the location of $HOME on w32.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64355
diff
changeset
|
3321 shared computers, and the default HOME directory is less likely to be |
0221abec4702
Clarify the location of $HOME on w32.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64355
diff
changeset
|
3322 read-only on computers that are administered by someone else. |
64354
f5718c40311a
Default HOME on MS Windows has changed.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64266
diff
changeset
|
3323 |
62043 | 3324 ** Passing resources on the command line now works on MS Windows. |
62353 | 3325 |
62043 | 3326 You can use --xrm to pass resource settings to Emacs, overriding any |
3327 existing values. For example: | |
3328 | |
3329 emacs --xrm "Emacs.Background:red" --xrm "Emacs.Geometry:100x20" | |
3330 | |
3331 will start up Emacs on an initial frame of 100x20 with red background, | |
3332 irrespective of geometry or background setting on the Windows registry. | |
3333 | |
3334 ** On MS Windows, the "system caret" now follows the cursor. | |
62353 | 3335 |
75590
a61de5ffbe57
Expand section about Windows system caret changes.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
75440
diff
changeset
|
3336 This enables Emacs to work better with programs that need to track the |
a61de5ffbe57
Expand section about Windows system caret changes.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
75440
diff
changeset
|
3337 cursor, for example screen magnifiers and text to speech programs. |
a61de5ffbe57
Expand section about Windows system caret changes.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
75440
diff
changeset
|
3338 When such a program is in use, the system caret is made visible |
a61de5ffbe57
Expand section about Windows system caret changes.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
75440
diff
changeset
|
3339 instead of Emacs drawing its own cursor. This seems to be required by |
a61de5ffbe57
Expand section about Windows system caret changes.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
75440
diff
changeset
|
3340 some programs. The new variable w32-use-visible-system-caret allows |
a61de5ffbe57
Expand section about Windows system caret changes.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
75440
diff
changeset
|
3341 the caret visibility to be manually toggled. |
62043 | 3342 |
3343 ** Tooltips now work on MS Windows. | |
62353 | 3344 |
62043 | 3345 See the Emacs 21.1 NEWS entry for tooltips for details. |
3346 | |
3347 ** Images are now supported on MS Windows. | |
62353 | 3348 |
75187 | 3349 PBM and XBM images are supported out of the box. Other image formats |
62043 | 3350 depend on external libraries. All of these libraries have been ported |
3351 to Windows, and can be found in both source and binary form at | |
3352 http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/. Note that libpng also depends on | |
3353 zlib, and tiff depends on the version of jpeg that it was compiled | |
3354 against. For additional information, see nt/INSTALL. | |
3355 | |
3356 ** Sound is now supported on MS Windows. | |
62353 | 3357 |
62043 | 3358 WAV format is supported on all versions of Windows, other formats such |
3359 as AU, AIFF and MP3 may be supported in the more recent versions of | |
3360 Windows, or when other software provides hooks into the system level | |
3361 sound support for those formats. | |
3362 | |
3363 ** Different shaped mouse pointers are supported on MS Windows. | |
62353 | 3364 |
62043 | 3365 The mouse pointer changes shape depending on what is under the pointer. |
3366 | |
3367 ** Pointing devices with more than 3 buttons are now supported on MS Windows. | |
62353 | 3368 |
62043 | 3369 The new variable `w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system' controls |
3370 whether Emacs should handle the extra buttons itself (the default), or | |
3371 pass them to Windows to be handled with system-wide functions. | |
3372 | |
3373 ** Emacs takes note of colors defined in Control Panel on MS-Windows. | |
62353 | 3374 |
62043 | 3375 The Control Panel defines some default colors for applications in much |
3376 the same way as wildcard X Resources do on X. Emacs now adds these | |
3377 colors to the colormap prefixed by System (eg SystemMenu for the | |
3378 default Menu background, SystemMenuText for the foreground), and uses | |
3379 some of them to initialize some of the default faces. | |
3380 `list-colors-display' shows the list of System color names, in case | |
3381 you wish to use them in other faces. | |
3382 | |
3383 ** On MS Windows NT/W2K/XP, Emacs uses Unicode for clipboard operations. | |
62353 | 3384 |
62043 | 3385 Those systems use Unicode internally, so this allows Emacs to share |
75187 | 3386 multilingual text with other applications. On other versions of |
62043 | 3387 MS Windows, Emacs now uses the appropriate locale coding-system, so |
3388 the clipboard should work correctly for your local language without | |
3389 any customizations. | |
3390 | |
64113
247cbeeeba2a
Add note about change to default value of w32-use-full-screen-buffer.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64096
diff
changeset
|
3391 ** Running in a console window in Windows now uses the console size. |
247cbeeeba2a
Add note about change to default value of w32-use-full-screen-buffer.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64096
diff
changeset
|
3392 |
247cbeeeba2a
Add note about change to default value of w32-use-full-screen-buffer.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64096
diff
changeset
|
3393 Previous versions of Emacs erred on the side of having a usable Emacs |
247cbeeeba2a
Add note about change to default value of w32-use-full-screen-buffer.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64096
diff
changeset
|
3394 through telnet, even though that was inconvenient if you use Emacs in |
75187 | 3395 a local console window with a scrollback buffer. The default value of |
69643 | 3396 w32-use-full-screen-buffer is now nil, which favors local console |
75187 | 3397 windows. Recent versions of Windows telnet also work well with this |
3398 setting. If you are using an older telnet server then Emacs detects | |
64113
247cbeeeba2a
Add note about change to default value of w32-use-full-screen-buffer.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64096
diff
changeset
|
3399 that the console window dimensions that are reported are not sane, and |
75187 | 3400 defaults to 80x25. If you use such a telnet server regularly at a size |
64113
247cbeeeba2a
Add note about change to default value of w32-use-full-screen-buffer.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64096
diff
changeset
|
3401 other than 80x25, you can still manually set |
247cbeeeba2a
Add note about change to default value of w32-use-full-screen-buffer.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64096
diff
changeset
|
3402 w32-use-full-screen-buffer to t. |
247cbeeeba2a
Add note about change to default value of w32-use-full-screen-buffer.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64096
diff
changeset
|
3403 |
62353 | 3404 ** On Mac OS, `keyboard-coding-system' changes based on the keyboard script. |
3405 | |
3406 ** The variable `mac-keyboard-text-encoding' and the constants | |
62043 | 3407 `kTextEncodingMacRoman', `kTextEncodingISOLatin1', and |
3408 `kTextEncodingISOLatin2' are obsolete. | |
67098
8eabc94541ad
The variable `mac-command-key-is-meta' is obsolete.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
67055
diff
changeset
|
3409 |
8eabc94541ad
The variable `mac-command-key-is-meta' is obsolete.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
67055
diff
changeset
|
3410 ** The variable `mac-command-key-is-meta' is obsolete. Use |
8eabc94541ad
The variable `mac-command-key-is-meta' is obsolete.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
67055
diff
changeset
|
3411 `mac-command-modifier' and `mac-option-modifier' instead. |
39552 | 3412 |
59996
aac0a33f5772
Change release version from 21.4 to 22.1 throughout.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59954
diff
changeset
|
3413 * Incompatible Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1 |
59356
bbe94a7411bf
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59323
diff
changeset
|
3414 |
74942
a43c76e18f3b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74854
diff
changeset
|
3415 ** The `read-file-name' function now returns a null string if the |
a43c76e18f3b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74854
diff
changeset
|
3416 user just types RET. |
a43c76e18f3b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74854
diff
changeset
|
3417 |
72221
81868132a889
(find-operation-coding-system): Describe the more detail of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
72184
diff
changeset
|
3418 ** The function find-operation-coding-system may be called with a cons |
81868132a889
(find-operation-coding-system): Describe the more detail of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
72184
diff
changeset
|
3419 (FILENAME . BUFFER) in the second argument if the first argument |
81868132a889
(find-operation-coding-system): Describe the more detail of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
72184
diff
changeset
|
3420 OPERATION is `insert-file-contents', and thus a function registered in |
81868132a889
(find-operation-coding-system): Describe the more detail of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
72184
diff
changeset
|
3421 `file-coding-system-alist' is also called with such an argument. |
70949
b7bf7b5a50ea
(find-operation-coding-system): Mention the new argument
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
70935
diff
changeset
|
3422 |
62563
49570fafcade
Reclassify item. Update copyright year.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62497
diff
changeset
|
3423 ** The variables post-command-idle-hook and post-command-idle-delay have |
76248 | 3424 been removed. Use run-with-idle-timer instead. |
62563
49570fafcade
Reclassify item. Update copyright year.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62497
diff
changeset
|
3425 |
59607
18462b0e2a00
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
59606
diff
changeset
|
3426 ** `suppress-keymap' now works by remapping `self-insert-command' to |
18462b0e2a00
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
59606
diff
changeset
|
3427 the command `undefined'. (In earlier Emacs versions, it used |
18462b0e2a00
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
59606
diff
changeset
|
3428 `substitute-key-definition' to rebind self inserting characters to |
18462b0e2a00
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
59606
diff
changeset
|
3429 `undefined'.) |
18462b0e2a00
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
59606
diff
changeset
|
3430 |
59356
bbe94a7411bf
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59323
diff
changeset
|
3431 ** Mode line display ignores text properties as well as the |
bbe94a7411bf
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59323
diff
changeset
|
3432 :propertize and :eval forms in the value of a variable whose |
bbe94a7411bf
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59323
diff
changeset
|
3433 `risky-local-variable' property is nil. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3434 |
69762
c2cba0859894
Mention incompatible change in comint-send-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69643
diff
changeset
|
3435 The function `comint-send-input' now accepts 3 optional arguments: |
c2cba0859894
Mention incompatible change in comint-send-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69643
diff
changeset
|
3436 |
c2cba0859894
Mention incompatible change in comint-send-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69643
diff
changeset
|
3437 (comint-send-input &optional no-newline artificial) |
c2cba0859894
Mention incompatible change in comint-send-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69643
diff
changeset
|
3438 |
c2cba0859894
Mention incompatible change in comint-send-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69643
diff
changeset
|
3439 Callers sending input not from the user should use bind the 3rd |
c2cba0859894
Mention incompatible change in comint-send-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69643
diff
changeset
|
3440 argument `artificial' to a non-nil value, to prevent Emacs from |
c2cba0859894
Mention incompatible change in comint-send-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69643
diff
changeset
|
3441 deleting the part of subprocess output that matches the input. |
c2cba0859894
Mention incompatible change in comint-send-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69643
diff
changeset
|
3442 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3443 ** Support for Mocklisp has been removed. |
66540
7b888ab5ef0b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66514
diff
changeset
|
3444 |
7b888ab5ef0b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66514
diff
changeset
|
3445 ** The variable `memory-full' now remains t until |
7b888ab5ef0b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66514
diff
changeset
|
3446 there is no longer a shortage of memory. |
70820
d0c27da52401
Add entry for ewoc change.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
70805
diff
changeset
|
3447 |
71732
c8ed266edc5e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71611
diff
changeset
|
3448 ** When Emacs receives a USR1 or USR2 signal, this generates |
74753 | 3449 input events: sigusr1 or sigusr2. Use special-event-map to |
3450 handle these events. | |
3451 | |
74782 | 3452 ** A hex or octal escape in a string constant forces the string to |
3453 be multibyte or unibyte, respectively. | |
3454 | |
75876 | 3455 ** The explicit method of creating a display table element by |
3456 combining a face number and a character code into a numeric | |
3457 glyph code is deprecated. | |
3458 | |
3459 Instead, the new functions `make-glyph-code', `glyph-char', and | |
3460 `glyph-face' must be used to create and decode glyph codes in | |
3461 display tables. | |
3462 | |
59356
bbe94a7411bf
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59323
diff
changeset
|
3463 |
59996
aac0a33f5772
Change release version from 21.4 to 22.1 throughout.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59954
diff
changeset
|
3464 * Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1 |
54236
418982e727f9
Add overlay-arrow-variable-list variable.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54194
diff
changeset
|
3465 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3466 ** General Lisp changes: |
80810
cf94b00de5ef
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
80801
diff
changeset
|
3467 *** New syntax: \s now stands for the SPACE character. |
cf94b00de5ef
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
80801
diff
changeset
|
3468 |
cf94b00de5ef
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
80801
diff
changeset
|
3469 `?\s' is a new way to write the space character. You must make sure |
cf94b00de5ef
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
80801
diff
changeset
|
3470 it is not followed by a dash, since `?\s-...' indicates the "super" |
cf94b00de5ef
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
80801
diff
changeset
|
3471 modifier. However, it would be strange to write a character constant |
cf94b00de5ef
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
80801
diff
changeset
|
3472 and a following symbol (beginning with `-') with no space between |
cf94b00de5ef
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
80801
diff
changeset
|
3473 them. |
cf94b00de5ef
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
80801
diff
changeset
|
3474 |
cf94b00de5ef
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
80801
diff
changeset
|
3475 `\s' stands for space in strings, too, but it is not really meant for |
cf94b00de5ef
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
80801
diff
changeset
|
3476 strings; it is easier and nicer just to write a space. |
cf94b00de5ef
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
80801
diff
changeset
|
3477 |
cf94b00de5ef
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
80801
diff
changeset
|
3478 *** New syntax: \uXXXX and \UXXXXXXXX specify Unicode code points in hex. |
cf94b00de5ef
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
80801
diff
changeset
|
3479 |
cf94b00de5ef
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
80801
diff
changeset
|
3480 For instance, you can use "\u0428" to specify a string consisting of |
cf94b00de5ef
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
80801
diff
changeset
|
3481 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHA, or `"U0001D6E2" to specify one consisting |
cf94b00de5ef
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
80801
diff
changeset
|
3482 of MATHEMATICAL ITALIC CAPITAL ALPHA (the latter is greater than |
cf94b00de5ef
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
80801
diff
changeset
|
3483 #xFFFF and thus needs the longer syntax). |
cf94b00de5ef
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
80801
diff
changeset
|
3484 |
cf94b00de5ef
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
80801
diff
changeset
|
3485 This syntax works for both character constants and strings. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3486 |
64954
cef86e3d06ae
(Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1, General Lisp changes):
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
64934
diff
changeset
|
3487 *** The function `expt' handles negative exponents differently. |
cef86e3d06ae
(Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1, General Lisp changes):
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
64934
diff
changeset
|
3488 The value for `(expt A B)', if both A and B are integers and B is |
cef86e3d06ae
(Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1, General Lisp changes):
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
64934
diff
changeset
|
3489 negative, is now a float. For example: (expt 2 -2) => 0.25. |
cef86e3d06ae
(Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1, General Lisp changes):
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
64934
diff
changeset
|
3490 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3491 *** The function `eql' is now available without requiring the CL package. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3492 |
73032 | 3493 *** The new function `memql' is like `memq', but uses `eql' for comparison, |
3494 that is, floats are compared by value and other elements with `eq'. | |
3495 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3496 *** `makehash' is now obsolete. Use `make-hash-table' instead. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3497 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3498 *** `add-to-list' takes an optional third argument, APPEND. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3499 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3500 If APPEND is non-nil, the new element gets added at the end of the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3501 list instead of at the beginning. This change actually occurred in |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3502 Emacs 21.1, but was not documented then. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3503 |
63397 | 3504 *** New function `add-to-ordered-list' is like `add-to-list' but |
63473
7124ec94d01e
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
63397
diff
changeset
|
3505 associates a numeric ordering of each element added to the list. |
63397 | 3506 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3507 *** New function `copy-tree' makes a copy of a tree. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3508 |
69422
e48e1751c47d
Document `image-load-path-for-library'. Note that all images have been
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69288
diff
changeset
|
3509 It recursively copies through both CARs and CDRs. |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3510 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3511 *** New function `delete-dups' deletes `equal' duplicate elements from a list. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3512 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3513 It modifies the list destructively, like `delete'. Of several `equal' |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3514 occurrences of an element in the list, the one that's kept is the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3515 first one. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3516 |
70434 | 3517 *** New function `add-to-history' adds an element to a history list. |
3518 | |
3519 Lisp packages should use this function to add elements to their | |
3520 history lists. | |
3521 | |
70515 | 3522 If `history-delete-duplicates' is non-nil, it removes duplicates of |
3523 the new element from the history list it updates. | |
3524 | |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3525 *** New function `rassq-delete-all'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3526 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3527 (rassq-delete-all VALUE ALIST) deletes, from ALIST, each element whose |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3528 CDR is `eq' to the specified value. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3529 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3530 *** The function `number-sequence' makes a list of equally-separated numbers. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3531 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3532 For instance, (number-sequence 4 9) returns (4 5 6 7 8 9). By |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3533 default, the separation is 1, but you can specify a different |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3534 separation as the third argument. (number-sequence 1.5 6 2) returns |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3535 (1.5 3.5 5.5). |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3536 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3537 *** New variables `most-positive-fixnum' and `most-negative-fixnum'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3538 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3539 They hold the largest and smallest possible integer values. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3540 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3541 *** Minor change in the function `format'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3542 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3543 Some flags that were accepted but not implemented (such as "*") are no |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3544 longer accepted. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3545 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3546 *** Functions `get' and `plist-get' no longer give errors for bad plists. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3547 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3548 They return nil for a malformed property list or if the list is |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3549 cyclic. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3550 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3551 *** New functions `lax-plist-get' and `lax-plist-put'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3552 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3553 They are like `plist-get' and `plist-put', except that they compare |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3554 the property name using `equal' rather than `eq'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3555 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3556 *** New variable `print-continuous-numbering'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3557 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3558 When this is non-nil, successive calls to print functions use a single |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3559 numbering scheme for circular structure references. This is only |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3560 relevant when `print-circle' is non-nil. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3561 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3562 When you bind `print-continuous-numbering' to t, you should |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3563 also bind `print-number-table' to nil. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3564 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3565 *** New function `macroexpand-all' expands all macros in a form. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3566 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3567 It is similar to the Common-Lisp function of the same name. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3568 One difference is that it guarantees to return the original argument |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3569 if no expansion is done, which can be tested using `eq'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3570 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3571 *** The function `atan' now accepts an optional second argument. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3572 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3573 When called with 2 arguments, as in `(atan Y X)', `atan' returns the |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3574 angle in radians between the vector [X, Y] and the X axis. (This is |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3575 equivalent to the standard C library function `atan2'.) |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3576 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3577 *** A function or macro's doc string can now specify the calling pattern. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3578 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3579 You put this info in the doc string's last line. It should be |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3580 formatted so as to match the regexp "\n\n(fn .*)\\'". If you don't |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3581 specify this explicitly, Emacs determines it from the actual argument |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3582 names. Usually that default is right, but not always. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3583 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3584 *** New macro `with-local-quit' temporarily allows quitting. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3585 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3586 A quit inside the body of `with-local-quit' is caught by the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3587 `with-local-quit' form itself, but another quit will happen later once |
69643 | 3588 the code that has inhibited quitting exits. |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3589 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3590 This is for use around potentially blocking or long-running code |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3591 inside timer functions and `post-command-hook' functions. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3592 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3593 *** New macro `define-obsolete-function-alias'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3594 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3595 This combines `defalias' and `make-obsolete'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3596 |
76945
f7f5c44ea73c
Add ascii-case-table and with-case-table.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76682
diff
changeset
|
3597 *** New macro `with-case-table' |
f7f5c44ea73c
Add ascii-case-table and with-case-table.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76682
diff
changeset
|
3598 |
f7f5c44ea73c
Add ascii-case-table and with-case-table.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76682
diff
changeset
|
3599 This executes the body with the case table temporarily set to a given |
f7f5c44ea73c
Add ascii-case-table and with-case-table.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76682
diff
changeset
|
3600 case table. |
f7f5c44ea73c
Add ascii-case-table and with-case-table.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76682
diff
changeset
|
3601 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3602 *** New function `unsafep' determines whether a Lisp form is safe. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3603 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3604 It returns nil if the given Lisp form can't possibly do anything |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3605 dangerous; otherwise it returns a reason why the form might be unsafe |
68070 | 3606 (calls unknown function, alters global variable, etc.). |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3607 |
66308
cd1db33ab0d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66251
diff
changeset
|
3608 *** New macro `eval-at-startup' specifies expressions to |
cd1db33ab0d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66251
diff
changeset
|
3609 evaluate when Emacs starts up. If this is done after startup, |
cd1db33ab0d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66251
diff
changeset
|
3610 it evaluates those expressions immediately. |
cd1db33ab0d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66251
diff
changeset
|
3611 |
66825 | 3612 This is useful in packages that can be preloaded. |
66308
cd1db33ab0d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66251
diff
changeset
|
3613 |
62959
90329069eb0f
Document new argument of `list-faces-display'.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
62896
diff
changeset
|
3614 *** `list-faces-display' takes an optional argument, REGEXP. |
90329069eb0f
Document new argument of `list-faces-display'.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
62896
diff
changeset
|
3615 |
90329069eb0f
Document new argument of `list-faces-display'.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
62896
diff
changeset
|
3616 If it is non-nil, the function lists only faces matching this regexp. |
90329069eb0f
Document new argument of `list-faces-display'.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
62896
diff
changeset
|
3617 |
70274
cdbf1a359e67
Add `booleanp'.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
70263
diff
changeset
|
3618 *** New functions `string-or-null-p' and `booleanp'. |
cdbf1a359e67
Add `booleanp'.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
70263
diff
changeset
|
3619 |
cdbf1a359e67
Add `booleanp'.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
70263
diff
changeset
|
3620 `string-or-null-p' returns non-nil iff OBJECT is a string or nil. |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
3621 `booleanp' returns non-nil iff OBJECT is t or nil. |
69844 | 3622 |
71950
ad94c37a2dfc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71907
diff
changeset
|
3623 *** New hook `command-error-function'. |
ad94c37a2dfc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71907
diff
changeset
|
3624 |
ad94c37a2dfc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71907
diff
changeset
|
3625 By setting this variable to a function, you can control |
ad94c37a2dfc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71907
diff
changeset
|
3626 how the editor command loop shows the user an error message. |
ad94c37a2dfc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71907
diff
changeset
|
3627 |
77419 | 3628 *** `debug-on-entry' accepts primitive functions that are not special forms. |
76613
a2265e554779
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
76563
diff
changeset
|
3629 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3630 ** Lisp code indentation features: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3631 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3632 *** The `defmacro' form can contain indentation and edebug declarations. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3633 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3634 These declarations specify how to indent the macro calls in Lisp mode |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3635 and how to debug them with Edebug. You write them like this: |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3636 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3637 (defmacro NAME LAMBDA-LIST [DOC-STRING] [DECLARATION ...] ...) |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3638 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3639 DECLARATION is a list `(declare DECLARATION-SPECIFIER ...)'. The |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3640 possible declaration specifiers are: |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3641 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3642 (indent INDENT) |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3643 Set NAME's `lisp-indent-function' property to INDENT. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3644 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3645 (edebug DEBUG) |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3646 Set NAME's `edebug-form-spec' property to DEBUG. (This is |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3647 equivalent to writing a `def-edebug-spec' for the macro, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3648 but this is cleaner.) |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3649 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3650 *** cl-indent now allows customization of Indentation of backquoted forms. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3651 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3652 See the new user option `lisp-backquote-indentation'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3653 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3654 *** cl-indent now handles indentation of simple and extended `loop' forms. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3655 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3656 The new user options `lisp-loop-keyword-indentation', |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3657 `lisp-loop-forms-indentation', and `lisp-simple-loop-indentation' can |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3658 be used to customize the indentation of keywords and forms in loop |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3659 forms. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3660 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3661 ** Variable aliases: |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3662 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3663 *** New function: defvaralias ALIAS-VAR BASE-VAR [DOCSTRING] |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3664 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3665 This function defines the symbol ALIAS-VAR as a variable alias for |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3666 symbol BASE-VAR. This means that retrieving the value of ALIAS-VAR |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3667 returns the value of BASE-VAR, and changing the value of ALIAS-VAR |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3668 changes the value of BASE-VAR. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3669 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3670 DOCSTRING, if present, is the documentation for ALIAS-VAR; else it has |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3671 the same documentation as BASE-VAR. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3672 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3673 *** New function: indirect-variable VARIABLE |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3674 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3675 This function returns the variable at the end of the chain of aliases |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3676 of VARIABLE. If VARIABLE is not a symbol, or if VARIABLE is not |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3677 defined as an alias, the function returns VARIABLE. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3678 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3679 It might be noteworthy that variables aliases work for all kinds of |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3680 variables, including buffer-local and frame-local variables. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3681 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3682 *** The macro `define-obsolete-variable-alias' combines `defvaralias' and |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3683 `make-obsolete-variable'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3684 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3685 ** defcustom changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3686 |
69924
b65913621fc8
Add package-version keyword to `defcustom' and mention associated
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69847
diff
changeset
|
3687 *** The package-version keyword has been added to provide |
b65913621fc8
Add package-version keyword to `defcustom' and mention associated
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69847
diff
changeset
|
3688 `customize-changed-options' functionality to packages in the future. |
b65913621fc8
Add package-version keyword to `defcustom' and mention associated
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69847
diff
changeset
|
3689 Developers who make use of this keyword must also update the new |
b65913621fc8
Add package-version keyword to `defcustom' and mention associated
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69847
diff
changeset
|
3690 variable `customize-package-emacs-version-alist'. |
b65913621fc8
Add package-version keyword to `defcustom' and mention associated
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69847
diff
changeset
|
3691 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3692 *** The new customization type `float' requires a floating point number. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3693 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3694 ** String changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3695 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3696 *** A hex escape in a string constant forces the string to be multibyte. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3697 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3698 *** An octal escape in a string constant forces the string to be unibyte. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3699 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3700 *** `split-string' now includes null substrings in the returned list if |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3701 the optional argument SEPARATORS is non-nil and there are matches for |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3702 SEPARATORS at the beginning or end of the string. If SEPARATORS is |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3703 nil, or if the new optional third argument OMIT-NULLS is non-nil, all |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3704 empty matches are omitted from the returned list. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3705 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3706 *** New function `string-to-multibyte' converts a unibyte string to a |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3707 multibyte string with the same individual character codes. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3708 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3709 *** New function `substring-no-properties' returns a substring without |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3710 text properties. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3711 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3712 *** The new function `assoc-string' replaces `assoc-ignore-case' and |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3713 `assoc-ignore-representation', which are still available, but have |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3714 been declared obsolete. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3715 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3716 ** Displaying warnings to the user. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3717 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3718 See the functions `warn' and `display-warning', or the Lisp Manual. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3719 If you want to be sure the warning will not be overlooked, this |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3720 facility is much better than using `message', since it displays |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3721 warnings in a separate window. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3722 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3723 ** Progress reporters. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3724 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3725 These provide a simple and uniform way for commands to present |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3726 progress messages for the user. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3727 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3728 See the new functions `make-progress-reporter', |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3729 `progress-reporter-update', `progress-reporter-force-update', |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3730 `progress-reporter-done', and `dotimes-with-progress-reporter'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3731 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3732 ** Buffer positions: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3733 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3734 *** Function `compute-motion' now calculates the usable window |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3735 width if the WIDTH argument is nil. If the TOPOS argument is nil, |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3736 the usable window height and width is used. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3737 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3738 *** The `line-move', `scroll-up', and `scroll-down' functions will now |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3739 modify the window vscroll to scroll through display rows that are |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3740 taller that the height of the window, for example in the presence of |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3741 large images. To disable this feature, bind the new variable |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3742 `auto-window-vscroll' to nil. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3743 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3744 *** The argument to `forward-word', `backward-word' is optional. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3745 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3746 It defaults to 1. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3747 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3748 *** Argument to `forward-to-indentation' and `backward-to-indentation' is optional. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3749 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3750 It defaults to 1. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3751 |
68070 | 3752 *** New function `mouse-on-link-p' tests if a position is in a clickable link. |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3753 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3754 This is the function used by the new `mouse-1-click-follows-link' |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3755 functionality. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3756 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3757 *** New function `line-number-at-pos' returns the line number of a position. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3758 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3759 It an optional buffer position argument that defaults to point. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3760 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3761 *** `field-beginning' and `field-end' take new optional argument, LIMIT. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3762 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3763 This argument tells them not to search beyond LIMIT. Instead they |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3764 give up and return LIMIT. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3765 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3766 *** Function `pos-visible-in-window-p' now returns the pixel coordinates |
69643 | 3767 and partial visibility state of the corresponding row, if the PARTIALLY |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3768 arg is non-nil. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3769 |
73020 | 3770 *** New function `window-line-height' is an efficient way to get |
3771 information about a specific text line in a window provided that the | |
3772 window's display is up-to-date. | |
3773 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3774 *** New functions `posn-at-point' and `posn-at-x-y' return |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3775 click-event-style position information for a given visible buffer |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3776 position or for a given window pixel coordinate. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3777 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3778 ** Text modification: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3779 |
72597
63df36f810bc
Document `buffer-chars-modified-tick'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72507
diff
changeset
|
3780 *** The new function `buffer-chars-modified-tick' returns a buffer's |
63df36f810bc
Document `buffer-chars-modified-tick'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72507
diff
changeset
|
3781 tick counter for changes to characters. Each time text in that buffer |
63df36f810bc
Document `buffer-chars-modified-tick'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72507
diff
changeset
|
3782 is inserted or deleted, the character-change counter is updated to the |
63df36f810bc
Document `buffer-chars-modified-tick'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72507
diff
changeset
|
3783 tick counter (`buffer-modified-tick'). Text property changes leave it |
63df36f810bc
Document `buffer-chars-modified-tick'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72507
diff
changeset
|
3784 unchanged. |
63df36f810bc
Document `buffer-chars-modified-tick'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72507
diff
changeset
|
3785 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3786 *** The new function `insert-for-yank' normally works like `insert', but |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3787 removes the text properties in the `yank-excluded-properties' list |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3788 and handles the `yank-handler' text property. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3789 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3790 *** The new function `insert-buffer-substring-as-yank' is like |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3791 `insert-for-yank' except that it gets the text from another buffer as |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3792 in `insert-buffer-substring'. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3793 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3794 *** The new function `insert-buffer-substring-no-properties' is like |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3795 `insert-buffer-substring', but removes all text properties from the |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3796 inserted substring. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3797 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3798 *** The new function `filter-buffer-substring' extracts a buffer |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3799 substring, passes it through a set of filter functions, and returns |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3800 the filtered substring. Use it instead of `buffer-substring' or |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3801 `delete-and-extract-region' when copying text into a user-accessible |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3802 data structure, such as the kill-ring, X clipboard, or a register. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3803 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3804 The list of filter function is specified by the new variable |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3805 `buffer-substring-filters'. For example, Longlines mode adds to |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3806 `buffer-substring-filters' to remove soft newlines from the copied |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3807 text. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3808 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3809 *** Function `translate-region' accepts also a char-table as TABLE |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3810 argument. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3811 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3812 *** The new translation table `translation-table-for-input' |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3813 is used for customizing self-insertion. The character to |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3814 be inserted is translated through it. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3815 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3816 *** Text clones. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3817 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3818 The new function `text-clone-create'. Text clones are chunks of text |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3819 that are kept identical by transparently propagating changes from one |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3820 clone to the other. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3821 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3822 *** The function `insert-string' is now obsolete. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3823 |
63318
edb44e017844
Mention that adaptive-fill-function is now used before adaptive-fill-regexp,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
63154
diff
changeset
|
3824 ** Filling changes. |
edb44e017844
Mention that adaptive-fill-function is now used before adaptive-fill-regexp,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
63154
diff
changeset
|
3825 |
edb44e017844
Mention that adaptive-fill-function is now used before adaptive-fill-regexp,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
63154
diff
changeset
|
3826 *** In determining an adaptive fill prefix, Emacs now tries the function in |
edb44e017844
Mention that adaptive-fill-function is now used before adaptive-fill-regexp,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
63154
diff
changeset
|
3827 `adaptive-fill-function' _before_ matching the buffer line against |
edb44e017844
Mention that adaptive-fill-function is now used before adaptive-fill-regexp,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
63154
diff
changeset
|
3828 `adaptive-fill-regexp' rather than _after_ it. |
edb44e017844
Mention that adaptive-fill-function is now used before adaptive-fill-regexp,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
63154
diff
changeset
|
3829 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3830 ** Atomic change groups. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3831 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3832 To perform some changes in the current buffer "atomically" so that |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3833 they either all succeed or are all undone, use `atomic-change-group' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3834 around the code that makes changes. For instance: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3835 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3836 (atomic-change-group |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3837 (insert foo) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3838 (delete-region x y)) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3839 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3840 If an error (or other nonlocal exit) occurs inside the body of |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3841 `atomic-change-group', it unmakes all the changes in that buffer that |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3842 were during the execution of the body. The change group has no effect |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3843 on any other buffers--any such changes remain. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3844 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3845 If you need something more sophisticated, you can directly call the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3846 lower-level functions that `atomic-change-group' uses. Here is how. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3847 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3848 To set up a change group for one buffer, call `prepare-change-group'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3849 Specify the buffer as argument; it defaults to the current buffer. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3850 This function returns a "handle" for the change group. You must save |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3851 the handle to activate the change group and then finish it. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3852 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3853 Before you change the buffer again, you must activate the change |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3854 group. Pass the handle to `activate-change-group' afterward to |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3855 do this. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3856 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3857 After you make the changes, you must finish the change group. You can |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3858 either accept the changes or cancel them all. Call |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3859 `accept-change-group' to accept the changes in the group as final; |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3860 call `cancel-change-group' to undo them all. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3861 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3862 You should use `unwind-protect' to make sure the group is always |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3863 finished. The call to `activate-change-group' should be inside the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3864 `unwind-protect', in case the user types C-g just after it runs. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3865 (This is one reason why `prepare-change-group' and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3866 `activate-change-group' are separate functions.) Once you finish the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3867 group, don't use the handle again--don't try to finish the same group |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3868 twice. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3869 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3870 To make a multibuffer change group, call `prepare-change-group' once |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3871 for each buffer you want to cover, then use `nconc' to combine the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3872 returned values, like this: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3873 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3874 (nconc (prepare-change-group buffer-1) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3875 (prepare-change-group buffer-2)) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3876 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3877 You can then activate the multibuffer change group with a single call |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3878 to `activate-change-group', and finish it with a single call to |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3879 `accept-change-group' or `cancel-change-group'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3880 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3881 Nested use of several change groups for the same buffer works as you |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3882 would expect. Non-nested use of change groups for the same buffer |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3883 will lead to undesirable results, so don't let it happen; the first |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3884 change group you start for any given buffer should be the last one |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3885 finished. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3886 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3887 ** Buffer-related changes: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3888 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3889 *** `list-buffers-noselect' now takes an additional argument, BUFFER-LIST. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3890 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3891 If it is non-nil, it specifies which buffers to list. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3892 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3893 *** `kill-buffer-hook' is now a permanent local. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3894 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3895 *** The new function `buffer-local-value' returns the buffer-local |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3896 binding of VARIABLE (a symbol) in buffer BUFFER. If VARIABLE does not |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3897 have a buffer-local binding in buffer BUFFER, it returns the default |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3898 value of VARIABLE instead. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3899 |
64817
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3900 *** The function `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' now lets you maintain |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3901 various status records in parallel. |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3902 |
68070 | 3903 It takes a variable (a symbol) as argument. If the variable is non-nil, |
64817
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3904 then its value should be a vector installed previously by |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3905 `frame-or-buffer-changed-p'. If the frame names, buffer names, buffer |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3906 order, or their read-only or modified flags have changed, since the |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3907 time the vector's contents were recorded by a previous call to |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3908 `frame-or-buffer-changed-p', then the function returns t. Otherwise |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3909 it returns nil. |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3910 |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3911 On the first call to `frame-or-buffer-changed-p', the variable's |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3912 value should be nil. `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' stores a suitable |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3913 vector into the variable and returns t. |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3914 |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3915 If the variable is itself nil, then `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' uses, |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3916 for compatibility, an internal variable which exists only for this |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3917 purpose. |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3918 |
65756
05dee0d6371d
Mention changes to `read-buffer'.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65745
diff
changeset
|
3919 *** The function `read-buffer' follows the convention for reading from |
05dee0d6371d
Mention changes to `read-buffer'.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65745
diff
changeset
|
3920 the minibuffer with a default value: if DEF is non-nil, the minibuffer |
05dee0d6371d
Mention changes to `read-buffer'.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65745
diff
changeset
|
3921 prompt provided in PROMPT is edited to show the default value provided |
05dee0d6371d
Mention changes to `read-buffer'.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65745
diff
changeset
|
3922 in DEF before the terminal colon and space. |
05dee0d6371d
Mention changes to `read-buffer'.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65745
diff
changeset
|
3923 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3924 ** Searching and matching changes: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3925 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3926 *** New function `looking-back' checks whether a regular expression matches |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3927 the text before point. Specifying the LIMIT argument bounds how far |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3928 back the match can start; this is a way to keep it from taking too long. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3929 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3930 *** The new variable `search-spaces-regexp' controls how to search |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3931 for spaces in a regular expression. If it is non-nil, it should be a |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3932 regular expression, and any series of spaces stands for that regular |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3933 expression. If it is nil, spaces stand for themselves. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3934 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3935 Spaces inside of constructs such as `[..]' and inside loops such as |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3936 `*', `+', and `?' are never replaced with `search-spaces-regexp'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3937 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3938 *** New regular expression operators, `\_<' and `\_>'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3939 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3940 These match the beginning and end of a symbol. A symbol is a |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3941 non-empty sequence of either word or symbol constituent characters, as |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3942 specified by the syntax table. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3943 |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
3944 *** rx.el has new corresponding `symbol-start' and `symbol-end' elements. |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3945 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3946 *** `skip-chars-forward' and `skip-chars-backward' now handle |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3947 character classes such as `[:alpha:]', along with individual |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3948 characters and ranges. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3949 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3950 *** In `replace-match', the replacement text no longer inherits |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3951 properties from surrounding text. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3952 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3953 *** The list returned by `(match-data t)' now has the buffer as a final |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3954 element, if the last match was on a buffer. `set-match-data' |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3955 accepts such a list for restoring the match state. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3956 |
63154 | 3957 *** Functions `match-data' and `set-match-data' now have an optional |
3958 argument `reseat'. When non-nil, all markers in the match data list | |
68070 | 3959 passed to these functions will be reseated to point to nowhere. |
63154 | 3960 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3961 *** The default value of `sentence-end' is now defined using the new |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3962 variable `sentence-end-without-space', which contains such characters |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3963 that end a sentence without following spaces. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3964 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3965 The function `sentence-end' should be used to obtain the value of the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3966 variable `sentence-end'. If the variable `sentence-end' is nil, then |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3967 this function returns the regexp constructed from the variables |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3968 `sentence-end-without-period', `sentence-end-double-space' and |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3969 `sentence-end-without-space'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3970 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3971 ** Undo changes: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3972 |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
3973 *** `buffer-undo-list' allows programmable elements. |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3974 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3975 These elements have the form (apply FUNNAME . ARGS), where FUNNAME is |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3976 a symbol other than t or nil. That stands for a high-level change |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3977 that should be undone by evaluating (apply FUNNAME ARGS). |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3978 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3979 These entries can also have the form (apply DELTA BEG END FUNNAME . ARGS) |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3980 which indicates that the change which took place was limited to the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3981 range BEG...END and increased the buffer size by DELTA. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3982 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3983 *** If the buffer's undo list for the current command gets longer than |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3984 `undo-outer-limit', garbage collection empties it. This is to prevent |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3985 it from using up the available memory and choking Emacs. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3986 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3987 ** New `yank-handler' text property can be used to control how |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3988 previously killed text on the kill ring is reinserted. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3989 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3990 The value of the `yank-handler' property must be a list with one to four |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3991 elements with the following format: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3992 (FUNCTION PARAM NOEXCLUDE UNDO). |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3993 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3994 The `insert-for-yank' function looks for a yank-handler property on |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3995 the first character on its string argument (typically the first |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3996 element on the kill-ring). If a `yank-handler' property is found, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3997 the normal behavior of `insert-for-yank' is modified in various ways: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3998 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3999 When FUNCTION is present and non-nil, it is called instead of `insert' |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4000 to insert the string. FUNCTION takes one argument--the object to insert. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4001 If PARAM is present and non-nil, it replaces STRING as the object |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4002 passed to FUNCTION (or `insert'); for example, if FUNCTION is |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4003 `yank-rectangle', PARAM should be a list of strings to insert as a |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4004 rectangle. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4005 If NOEXCLUDE is present and non-nil, the normal removal of the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4006 `yank-excluded-properties' is not performed; instead FUNCTION is |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4007 responsible for removing those properties. This may be necessary |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4008 if FUNCTION adjusts point before or after inserting the object. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4009 If UNDO is present and non-nil, it is a function that will be called |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4010 by `yank-pop' to undo the insertion of the current object. It is |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4011 called with two arguments, the start and end of the current region. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4012 FUNCTION can set `yank-undo-function' to override the UNDO value. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4013 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4014 *** The functions `kill-new', `kill-append', and `kill-region' now have an |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4015 optional argument to specify the `yank-handler' text property to put on |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4016 the killed text. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4017 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4018 *** The function `yank-pop' will now use a non-nil value of the variable |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4019 `yank-undo-function' (instead of `delete-region') to undo the previous |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4020 `yank' or `yank-pop' command (or a call to `insert-for-yank'). The function |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4021 `insert-for-yank' automatically sets that variable according to the UNDO |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4022 element of the string argument's `yank-handler' text property if present. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4023 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4024 *** The function `insert-for-yank' now supports strings where the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4025 `yank-handler' property does not span the first character of the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4026 string. The old behavior is available if you call |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4027 `insert-for-yank-1' instead. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4028 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4029 ** Syntax table changes: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4030 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4031 *** The macro `with-syntax-table' no longer copies the syntax table. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4032 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4033 *** The new function `syntax-after' returns the syntax code |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4034 of the character after a specified buffer position, taking account |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4035 of text properties as well as the character code. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4036 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4037 *** `syntax-class' extracts the class of a syntax code (as returned |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4038 by `syntax-after'). |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4039 |
69643 | 4040 *** The new function `syntax-ppss' provides an efficient way to find the |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4041 current syntactic context at point. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4042 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4043 ** File operation changes: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4044 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4045 *** New vars `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' used when |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4046 searching for an executable or an Emacs Lisp file. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4047 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4048 *** The new primitive `set-file-times' sets a file's access and |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4049 modification times. Magic file name handlers can handle this |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4050 operation. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4051 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4052 *** The new function `file-remote-p' tests a file name and returns |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4053 non-nil if it specifies a remote file (one that Emacs accesses using |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4054 its own special methods and not directly through the file system). |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4055 The value in that case is an identifier for the remote file system. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4056 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4057 *** `buffer-auto-save-file-format' is the new name for what was |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4058 formerly called `auto-save-file-format'. It is now a permanent local. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4059 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4060 *** Functions `file-name-sans-extension' and `file-name-extension' now |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4061 ignore the leading dots in file names, so that file names such as |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4062 `.emacs' are treated as extensionless. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4063 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4064 *** `visited-file-modtime' and `calendar-time-from-absolute' now return |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4065 a list of two integers, instead of a cons. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4066 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4067 *** `file-chase-links' now takes an optional second argument LIMIT which |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4068 specifies the maximum number of links to chase through. If after that |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4069 many iterations the file name obtained is still a symbolic link, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4070 `file-chase-links' returns it anyway. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4071 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4072 *** The new hook `before-save-hook' is invoked by `basic-save-buffer' |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4073 before saving buffers. This allows packages to perform various final |
68070 | 4074 tasks. For example, it can be used by the copyright package to make |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4075 sure saved files have the current year in any copyright headers. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4076 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4077 *** If `buffer-save-without-query' is non-nil in some buffer, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4078 `save-some-buffers' will always save that buffer without asking (if |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4079 it's modified). |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4080 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4081 *** New function `locate-file' searches for a file in a list of directories. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4082 `locate-file' accepts a name of a file to search (a string), and two |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4083 lists: a list of directories to search in and a list of suffixes to |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4084 try; typical usage might use `exec-path' and `load-path' for the list |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4085 of directories, and `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' for the list |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4086 of suffixes. The function also accepts a predicate argument to |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4087 further filter candidate files. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4088 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4089 One advantage of using this function is that the list of suffixes in |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4090 `exec-suffixes' is OS-dependant, so this function will find |
68070 | 4091 executables without polluting Lisp code with OS dependencies. |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4092 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4093 *** The precedence of file name handlers has been changed. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4094 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4095 Instead of choosing the first handler that matches, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4096 `find-file-name-handler' now gives precedence to a file name handler |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4097 that matches nearest the end of the file name. More precisely, the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4098 handler whose (match-beginning 0) is the largest is chosen. In case |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4099 of ties, the old "first matched" rule applies. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4100 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4101 *** A file name handler can declare which operations it handles. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4102 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4103 You do this by putting an `operation' property on the handler name |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4104 symbol. The property value should be a list of the operations that |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4105 the handler really handles. It won't be called for any other |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4106 operations. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4107 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4108 This is useful for autoloaded handlers, to prevent them from being |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4109 autoloaded when not really necessary. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4110 |
65248
0f994edbec5e
Make `make-auto-save-file-name' a magic operation.
Michael Albinus <michael.albinus@gmx.de>
parents:
65088
diff
changeset
|
4111 *** The function `make-auto-save-file-name' is now handled by file |
0f994edbec5e
Make `make-auto-save-file-name' a magic operation.
Michael Albinus <michael.albinus@gmx.de>
parents:
65088
diff
changeset
|
4112 name handlers. This will be exploited for remote files mainly. |
0f994edbec5e
Make `make-auto-save-file-name' a magic operation.
Michael Albinus <michael.albinus@gmx.de>
parents:
65088
diff
changeset
|
4113 |
74690
b021eb218ef3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74545
diff
changeset
|
4114 *** The function `file-name-completion' accepts an optional argument |
b021eb218ef3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74545
diff
changeset
|
4115 PREDICATE, and rejects completion candidates that don't satisfy PREDICATE. |
b021eb218ef3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74545
diff
changeset
|
4116 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4117 ** Input changes: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4118 |
72140
a91a11c6b1ad
New arg for `read-event', `read-char', and `read-char-exclusive'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72074
diff
changeset
|
4119 *** The functions `read-event', `read-char', and `read-char-exclusive' |
a91a11c6b1ad
New arg for `read-event', `read-char', and `read-char-exclusive'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72074
diff
changeset
|
4120 have a new optional argument SECONDS. If non-nil, this specifies a |
a91a11c6b1ad
New arg for `read-event', `read-char', and `read-char-exclusive'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72074
diff
changeset
|
4121 maximum time to wait for input, in seconds. If no input arrives after |
a91a11c6b1ad
New arg for `read-event', `read-char', and `read-char-exclusive'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72074
diff
changeset
|
4122 this time elapses, the functions stop waiting and return nil. |
a91a11c6b1ad
New arg for `read-event', `read-char', and `read-char-exclusive'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72074
diff
changeset
|
4123 |
74691
28bd0d421b0c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74690
diff
changeset
|
4124 *** An interactive specification can now use the code letter `U' to get |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4125 the up-event that was discarded in case the last key sequence read for a |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4126 previous `k' or `K' argument was a down-event; otherwise nil is used. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4127 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4128 *** The new interactive-specification `G' reads a file name |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4129 much like `F', but if the input is a directory name (even defaulted), |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4130 it returns just the directory name. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4131 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4132 *** Functions `y-or-n-p', `read-char', `read-key-sequence' and the like, that |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4133 display a prompt but don't use the minibuffer, now display the prompt |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4134 using the text properties (esp. the face) of the prompt string. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4135 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4136 *** (while-no-input BODY...) runs BODY, but only so long as no input |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4137 arrives. If the user types or clicks anything, BODY stops as if a |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4138 quit had occurred. `while-no-input' returns the value of BODY, if BODY |
64817
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
4139 finishes. It returns nil if BODY was aborted by a quit, and t if |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
4140 BODY was aborted by arrival of input. |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4141 |
76563
68ddc580d34e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76291
diff
changeset
|
4142 *** `recent-keys' now returns the last 300 keys. |
68ddc580d34e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76291
diff
changeset
|
4143 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4144 ** Minibuffer changes: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4145 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4146 *** The new function `minibufferp' returns non-nil if its optional |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4147 buffer argument is a minibuffer. If the argument is omitted, it |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4148 defaults to the current buffer. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4149 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4150 *** New function `minibuffer-selected-window' returns the window which |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4151 was selected when entering the minibuffer. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4152 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4153 *** The `read-file-name' function now takes an additional argument which |
69643 | 4154 specifies a predicate which the file name read must satisfy. The |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4155 new variable `read-file-name-predicate' contains the predicate argument |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4156 while reading the file name from the minibuffer; the predicate in this |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4157 variable is used by read-file-name-internal to filter the completion list. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4158 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4159 *** The new variable `read-file-name-function' can be used by Lisp code |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4160 to override the built-in `read-file-name' function. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4161 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4162 *** The new variable `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' specifies |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4163 whether completion ignores case when reading a file name with the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4164 `read-file-name' function. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4165 |
68070 | 4166 *** The new function `read-directory-name' is for reading a directory name. |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4167 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4168 It is like `read-file-name' except that the defaulting works better |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4169 for directories, and completion inside it shows only directories. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4170 |
71123
cc77c3208f2c
Add `history-add-new-input'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
71105
diff
changeset
|
4171 *** The new variable `history-add-new-input' specifies whether to add new |
cc77c3208f2c
Add `history-add-new-input'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
71105
diff
changeset
|
4172 elements in history. If set to nil, minibuffer reading functions don't |
cc77c3208f2c
Add `history-add-new-input'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
71105
diff
changeset
|
4173 add new elements to the history list, so it is possible to do this |
cc77c3208f2c
Add `history-add-new-input'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
71105
diff
changeset
|
4174 afterwards by calling `add-to-history' explicitly. |
cc77c3208f2c
Add `history-add-new-input'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
71105
diff
changeset
|
4175 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4176 ** Completion changes: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4177 |
67620
b0794ecc7df6
Add minibuffer-completion-contents.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
67607
diff
changeset
|
4178 *** The new function `minibuffer-completion-contents' returns the contents |
b0794ecc7df6
Add minibuffer-completion-contents.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
67607
diff
changeset
|
4179 of the minibuffer just before point. That is what completion commands |
b0794ecc7df6
Add minibuffer-completion-contents.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
67607
diff
changeset
|
4180 operate on. |
b0794ecc7df6
Add minibuffer-completion-contents.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
67607
diff
changeset
|
4181 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4182 *** The functions `all-completions' and `try-completion' now accept lists |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4183 of strings as well as hash-tables additionally to alists, obarrays |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4184 and functions. Furthermore, the function `test-completion' is now |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4185 exported to Lisp. The keys in alists and hash tables can be either |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4186 strings or symbols, which are automatically converted with to strings. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4187 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4188 *** The new macro `dynamic-completion-table' supports using functions |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4189 as a dynamic completion table. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4190 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4191 (dynamic-completion-table FUN) |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4192 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4193 FUN is called with one argument, the string for which completion is required, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4194 and it should return an alist containing all the intended possible |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4195 completions. This alist can be a full list of possible completions so that FUN |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4196 can ignore the value of its argument. If completion is performed in the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4197 minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer from which the minibuffer was |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4198 entered. `dynamic-completion-table' then computes the completion. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4199 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4200 *** The new macro `lazy-completion-table' initializes a variable |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4201 as a lazy completion table. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4202 |
67817
b240a2550f91
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67620
diff
changeset
|
4203 (lazy-completion-table VAR FUN) |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4204 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4205 If the completion table VAR is used for the first time (e.g., by passing VAR |
67817
b240a2550f91
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67620
diff
changeset
|
4206 as an argument to `try-completion'), the function FUN is called with no |
b240a2550f91
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67620
diff
changeset
|
4207 arguments. FUN must return the completion table that will be stored in VAR. |
b240a2550f91
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67620
diff
changeset
|
4208 If completion is requested in the minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer |
b240a2550f91
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67620
diff
changeset
|
4209 from which the minibuffer was entered. The return value of |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4210 `lazy-completion-table' must be used to initialize the value of VAR. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4211 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4212 ** Enhancements to keymaps. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4213 |
67261
447cbde40d64
Document changes to file-name completion in minibuffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67159
diff
changeset
|
4214 *** New keymaps for typing file names |
447cbde40d64
Document changes to file-name completion in minibuffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67159
diff
changeset
|
4215 |
447cbde40d64
Document changes to file-name completion in minibuffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67159
diff
changeset
|
4216 Two new keymaps, `minibuffer-local-filename-completion-map' and |
447cbde40d64
Document changes to file-name completion in minibuffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67159
diff
changeset
|
4217 `minibuffer-local-must-match-filename-map', apply whenever |
447cbde40d64
Document changes to file-name completion in minibuffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67159
diff
changeset
|
4218 Emacs reads a file name in the minibuffer. These key maps override |
447cbde40d64
Document changes to file-name completion in minibuffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67159
diff
changeset
|
4219 the usual binding of SPC to `minibuffer-complete-word' (so that file |
447cbde40d64
Document changes to file-name completion in minibuffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67159
diff
changeset
|
4220 names with embedded spaces could be typed without the need to quote |
447cbde40d64
Document changes to file-name completion in minibuffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67159
diff
changeset
|
4221 the spaces). |
447cbde40d64
Document changes to file-name completion in minibuffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67159
diff
changeset
|
4222 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4223 *** Cleaner way to enter key sequences. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4224 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4225 You can enter a constant key sequence in a more natural format, the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4226 same one used for saving keyboard macros, using the macro `kbd'. For |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4227 example, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4228 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4229 (kbd "C-x C-f") => "\^x\^f" |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4230 |
71907
3f05b471ac55
Mention that kbd macro has existed since Emacs 20.1.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71895
diff
changeset
|
4231 Actually, this format has existed since Emacs 20.1. |
3f05b471ac55
Mention that kbd macro has existed since Emacs 20.1.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71895
diff
changeset
|
4232 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4233 *** Interactive commands can be remapped through keymaps. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4234 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4235 This is an alternative to using `defadvice' or `substitute-key-definition' |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4236 to modify the behavior of a key binding using the normal keymap |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4237 binding and lookup functionality. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4238 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4239 When a key sequence is bound to a command, and that command is |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4240 remapped to another command, that command is run instead of the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4241 original command. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4242 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4243 Example: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4244 Suppose that minor mode `my-mode' has defined the commands |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4245 `my-kill-line' and `my-kill-word', and it wants C-k (and any other key |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4246 bound to `kill-line') to run the command `my-kill-line' instead of |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4247 `kill-line', and likewise it wants to run `my-kill-word' instead of |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4248 `kill-word'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4249 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4250 Instead of rebinding C-k and the other keys in the minor mode map, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4251 command remapping allows you to directly map `kill-line' into |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4252 `my-kill-line' and `kill-word' into `my-kill-word' using `define-key': |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4253 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4254 (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-line] 'my-kill-line) |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4255 (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-word] 'my-kill-word) |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4256 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4257 When `my-mode' is enabled, its minor mode keymap is enabled too. So |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4258 when the user types C-k, that runs the command `my-kill-line'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4259 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4260 Only one level of remapping is supported. In the above example, this |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4261 means that if `my-kill-line' is remapped to `other-kill', then C-k still |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4262 runs `my-kill-line'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4263 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4264 The following changes have been made to provide command remapping: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4265 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4266 - Command remappings are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4267 `remap', i.e. `(define-key MAP [remap CMD] DEF)' remaps command CMD |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4268 to definition DEF in keymap MAP. The definition is not limited to |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4269 another command; it can be anything accepted for a normal binding. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4270 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4271 - The new function `command-remapping' returns the binding for a |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4272 remapped command in the current keymaps, or nil if not remapped. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4273 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4274 - `key-binding' now remaps interactive commands unless the optional |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4275 third argument NO-REMAP is non-nil. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4276 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4277 - `where-is-internal' now returns nil for a remapped command (e.g. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4278 `kill-line', when `my-mode' is enabled), and the actual key binding for |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4279 the command it is remapped to (e.g. C-k for my-kill-line). |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4280 It also has a new optional fifth argument, NO-REMAP, which inhibits |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4281 remapping if non-nil (e.g. it returns "C-k" for `kill-line', and |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4282 "<kill-line>" for `my-kill-line'). |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4283 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4284 - The new variable `this-original-command' contains the original |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4285 command before remapping. It is equal to `this-command' when the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4286 command was not remapped. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4287 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4288 *** If text has a `keymap' property, that keymap takes precedence |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4289 over minor mode keymaps. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4290 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4291 *** The `keymap' property now also works at the ends of overlays and |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4292 text properties, according to their stickiness. This also means that it |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4293 works with empty overlays. The same hold for the `local-map' property. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4294 |
72889
25c755416160
* NEWS: explain new behavior and arguments of `key-binding' and
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
72874
diff
changeset
|
4295 *** `key-binding' will now look up mouse-specific bindings. The |
25c755416160
* NEWS: explain new behavior and arguments of `key-binding' and
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
72874
diff
changeset
|
4296 keymaps consulted by `key-binding' will get adapted if the key |
25c755416160
* NEWS: explain new behavior and arguments of `key-binding' and
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
72874
diff
changeset
|
4297 sequence is started with a mouse event. Instead of letting the click |
25c755416160
* NEWS: explain new behavior and arguments of `key-binding' and
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
72874
diff
changeset
|
4298 position be determined from the key sequence itself, it is also |
25c755416160
* NEWS: explain new behavior and arguments of `key-binding' and
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
72874
diff
changeset
|
4299 possible to specify it with an optional argument explicitly. |
25c755416160
* NEWS: explain new behavior and arguments of `key-binding' and
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
72874
diff
changeset
|
4300 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4301 *** Dense keymaps now handle inheritance correctly. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4302 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4303 Previously a dense keymap would hide all of the simple-char key |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4304 bindings of the parent keymap. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4305 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4306 *** `define-key-after' now accepts keys longer than 1. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4307 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4308 *** New function `current-active-maps' returns a list of currently |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4309 active keymaps. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4310 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4311 *** New function `describe-buffer-bindings' inserts the list of all |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4312 defined keys and their definitions. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4313 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4314 *** New function `keymap-prompt' returns the prompt string of a keymap. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4315 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4316 *** (map-keymap FUNCTION KEYMAP) applies the function to each binding |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4317 in the keymap. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4318 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4319 *** New variable `emulation-mode-map-alists'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4320 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4321 Lisp packages using many minor mode keymaps can now maintain their own |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4322 keymap alist separate from `minor-mode-map-alist' by adding their |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4323 keymap alist to this list. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4324 |
72074
91ea8d22ef60
(Fdefine_key): If the key binding definition looks like an
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
72067
diff
changeset
|
4325 *** The definition of a key-binding passed to define-key can use XEmacs-style |
91ea8d22ef60
(Fdefine_key): If the key binding definition looks like an
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
72067
diff
changeset
|
4326 key-sequences, such as [(control a)]. |
72452
bcc1f5792592
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
72369
diff
changeset
|
4327 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4328 ** Abbrev changes: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4329 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4330 *** The new function `copy-abbrev-table' copies an abbrev table. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4331 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4332 It returns a new abbrev table that is a copy of a given abbrev table. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4333 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4334 *** `define-abbrev' now accepts an optional argument SYSTEM-FLAG. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4335 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4336 If non-nil, this marks the abbrev as a "system" abbrev, which means |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4337 that it won't be stored in the user's abbrevs file if he saves the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4338 abbrevs. Major modes that predefine some abbrevs should always |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4339 specify this flag. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4340 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4341 ** Enhancements to process support |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4342 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4343 *** Function `list-processes' now has an optional argument; if non-nil, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4344 it lists only the processes whose query-on-exit flag is set. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4345 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4346 *** New fns `set-process-query-on-exit-flag' and `process-query-on-exit-flag'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4347 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4348 These replace the old function `process-kill-without-query'. That |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4349 function is still supported, but new code should use the new |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4350 functions. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4351 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4352 *** Function `signal-process' now accepts a process object or process |
63612 | 4353 name in addition to a process id to identify the signaled process. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4354 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4355 *** Processes now have an associated property list where programs can |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4356 maintain process state and other per-process related information. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4357 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4358 Use the new functions `process-get' and `process-put' to access, add, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4359 and modify elements on this property list. Use the new functions |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4360 `process-plist' and `set-process-plist' to access and replace the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4361 entire property list of a process. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4362 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4363 *** Function `accept-process-output' has a new optional fourth arg |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4364 JUST-THIS-ONE. If non-nil, only output from the specified process |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4365 is handled, suspending output from other processes. If value is an |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4366 integer, also inhibit running timers. This feature is generally not |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4367 recommended, but may be necessary for specific applications, such as |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4368 speech synthesis. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4369 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4370 *** Adaptive read buffering of subprocess output. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4371 |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
4372 On some systems, when Emacs reads the output from a subprocess, the |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4373 output data is read in very small blocks, potentially resulting in |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4374 very poor performance. This behavior can be remedied to some extent |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4375 by setting the new variable `process-adaptive-read-buffering' to a |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4376 non-nil value (the default), as it will automatically delay reading |
68070 | 4377 from such processes, allowing them to produce more output before |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
4378 Emacs tries to read it. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4379 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4380 *** The new function `call-process-shell-command'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4381 |
64449 | 4382 This executes a shell command synchronously in a separate process. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4383 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4384 *** The new function `process-file' is similar to `call-process', but |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4385 obeys file handlers. The file handler is chosen based on |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4386 `default-directory'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4387 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4388 *** A process filter function gets the output as multibyte string |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4389 if the process specifies t for its filter's multibyteness. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4390 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4391 That multibyteness is decided by the value of |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4392 `default-enable-multibyte-characters' when the process is created, and |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4393 you can change it later with `set-process-filter-multibyte'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4394 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4395 *** The new function `set-process-filter-multibyte' sets the |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4396 multibyteness of the strings passed to the process's filter. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4397 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4398 *** The new function `process-filter-multibyte-p' returns the |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4399 multibyteness of the strings passed to the process's filter. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4400 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4401 *** If a process's coding system is `raw-text' or `no-conversion' and its |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4402 buffer is multibyte, the output of the process is at first converted |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4403 to multibyte by `string-to-multibyte' then inserted in the buffer. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4404 Previously, it was converted to multibyte by `string-as-multibyte', |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4405 which was not compatible with the behavior of file reading. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4406 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4407 ** Enhanced networking support. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4408 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4409 *** The new `make-network-process' function makes network connections. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4410 It allows opening of stream and datagram connections to a server, as well as |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
4411 create a stream or datagram server inside Emacs. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4412 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4413 - A server is started using :server t arg. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4414 - Datagram connection is selected using :type 'datagram arg. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4415 - A server can open on a random port using :service t arg. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4416 - Local sockets are supported using :family 'local arg. |
68011 | 4417 - IPv6 is supported (when available). You may explicitly select IPv6 |
4418 using :family 'ipv6 arg. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4419 - Non-blocking connect is supported using :nowait t arg. |
62187 | 4420 - The process' property list can be initialized using :plist PLIST arg; |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4421 a copy of the server process' property list is automatically inherited |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4422 by new client processes created to handle incoming connections. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4423 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4424 To test for the availability of a given feature, use featurep like this: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4425 (featurep 'make-network-process '(:type datagram)) |
68011 | 4426 (featurep 'make-network-process '(:family ipv6)) |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4427 |
62325
13d3be64499c
Write "Lisp" properly. Other cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62324
diff
changeset
|
4428 *** The old `open-network-stream' now uses `make-network-process'. |
13d3be64499c
Write "Lisp" properly. Other cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62324
diff
changeset
|
4429 |
13d3be64499c
Write "Lisp" properly. Other cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62324
diff
changeset
|
4430 *** New functions `process-datagram-address', `set-process-datagram-address'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4431 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4432 These functions are used with datagram-based network processes to get |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4433 and set the current address of the remote partner. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4434 |
62325
13d3be64499c
Write "Lisp" properly. Other cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62324
diff
changeset
|
4435 *** New function `format-network-address'. |
13d3be64499c
Write "Lisp" properly. Other cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62324
diff
changeset
|
4436 |
13d3be64499c
Write "Lisp" properly. Other cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62324
diff
changeset
|
4437 This function reformats the Lisp representation of a network address |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4438 to a printable string. For example, an IP address A.B.C.D and port |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4439 number P is represented as a five element vector [A B C D P], and the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4440 printable string returned for this vector is "A.B.C.D:P". See the doc |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4441 string for other formatting options. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4442 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4443 *** `process-contact' has an optional KEY argument. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4444 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4445 Depending on this argument, you can get the complete list of network |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4446 process properties or a specific property. Using :local or :remote as |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4447 the KEY, you get the address of the local or remote end-point. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4448 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4449 An Inet address is represented as a 5 element vector, where the first |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4450 4 elements contain the IP address and the fifth is the port number. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4451 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4452 *** New functions `stop-process' and `continue-process'. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4453 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4454 These functions stop and restart communication through a network |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4455 connection. For a server process, no connections are accepted in the |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4456 stopped state. For a client process, no input is received in the |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4457 stopped state. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4458 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4459 *** New function `network-interface-list'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4460 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4461 This function returns a list of network interface names and their |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4462 current network addresses. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4463 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4464 *** New function `network-interface-info'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4465 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4466 This function returns the network address, hardware address, current |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4467 status, and other information about a specific network interface. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4468 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4469 *** Deleting a network process with `delete-process' calls the sentinel. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4470 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4471 The status message passed to the sentinel for a deleted network |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4472 process is "deleted". The message passed to the sentinel when the |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4473 connection is closed by the remote peer has been changed to |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4474 "connection broken by remote peer". |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4475 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4476 ** Using window objects: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4477 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4478 *** New function `window-body-height'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4479 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4480 This is like `window-height' but does not count the mode line or the |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4481 header line. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4482 |
62063 | 4483 *** You can now make a window as short as one line. |
4484 | |
4485 A window that is just one line tall does not display either a mode | |
4486 line or a header line, even if the variables `mode-line-format' and | |
4487 `header-line-format' call for them. A window that is two lines tall | |
4488 cannot display both a mode line and a header line at once; if the | |
4489 variables call for both, only the mode line actually appears. | |
4490 | |
4491 *** The new function `window-inside-edges' returns the edges of the | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4492 actual text portion of the window, not including the scroll bar or |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4493 divider line, the fringes, the display margins, the header line and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4494 the mode line. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4495 |
62063 | 4496 *** The new functions `window-pixel-edges' and `window-inside-pixel-edges' |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4497 return window edges in units of pixels, rather than columns and lines. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4498 |
62063 | 4499 *** The new macro `with-selected-window' temporarily switches the |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4500 selected window without impacting the order of `buffer-list'. |
63768
79a2185587dc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
63725
diff
changeset
|
4501 It saves and restores the current buffer, too. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4502 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4503 *** `select-window' takes an optional second argument NORECORD. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4504 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4505 This is like `switch-to-buffer'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4506 |
62063 | 4507 *** `save-selected-window' now saves and restores the selected window |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4508 of every frame. This way, it restores everything that can be changed |
63768
79a2185587dc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
63725
diff
changeset
|
4509 by calling `select-window'. It also saves and restores the current |
79a2185587dc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
63725
diff
changeset
|
4510 buffer. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4511 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4512 *** `set-window-buffer' has an optional argument KEEP-MARGINS. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4513 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4514 If non-nil, that says to preserve the window's current margin, fringe, |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4515 and scroll-bar settings. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4516 |
65957 | 4517 *** The new function `window-tree' returns a frame's window tree. |
65829 | 4518 |
66743
e0df9e6c3f65
Add `dedicated' arg to get-lru-window and get-largest-window.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
66674
diff
changeset
|
4519 *** The functions `get-lru-window' and `get-largest-window' take an optional |
e0df9e6c3f65
Add `dedicated' arg to get-lru-window and get-largest-window.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
66674
diff
changeset
|
4520 argument `dedicated'. If non-nil, those functions do not ignore |
e0df9e6c3f65
Add `dedicated' arg to get-lru-window and get-largest-window.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
66674
diff
changeset
|
4521 dedicated windows. |
e0df9e6c3f65
Add `dedicated' arg to get-lru-window and get-largest-window.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
66674
diff
changeset
|
4522 |
67159
4de8eb0fda27
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67098
diff
changeset
|
4523 *** The new function `adjust-window-trailing-edge' moves the right |
4de8eb0fda27
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67098
diff
changeset
|
4524 or bottom edge of a window. It does not move other window edges. |
4de8eb0fda27
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67098
diff
changeset
|
4525 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4526 ** Customizable fringe bitmaps |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4527 |
69057 | 4528 *** New buffer-local variables `fringe-indicator-alist' and |
4529 `fringe-cursor-alist' maps between logical (internal) fringe indicator | |
4530 and cursor symbols and the actual fringe bitmaps to be displayed. | |
4531 This decouples the logical meaning of the fringe indicators from the | |
69643 | 4532 physical appearance, as well as allowing different fringe bitmaps to |
69057 | 4533 be used in different windows showing different buffers. |
4534 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4535 *** New function `define-fringe-bitmap' can now be used to create new |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4536 fringe bitmaps, as well as change the built-in fringe bitmaps. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4537 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4538 *** New function `destroy-fringe-bitmap' deletes a fringe bitmap |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4539 or restores a built-in one to its default value. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4540 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4541 *** New function `set-fringe-bitmap-face' specifies the face to be |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4542 used for a specific fringe bitmap. The face is automatically merged |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4543 with the `fringe' face, so normally, the face should only specify the |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4544 foreground color of the bitmap. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4545 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4546 *** There are new display properties, `left-fringe' and `right-fringe', |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4547 that can be used to show a specific bitmap in the left or right fringe |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4548 bitmap of the display line. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4549 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4550 Format is `display (left-fringe BITMAP [FACE])', where BITMAP is a |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4551 symbol identifying a fringe bitmap, either built-in or defined with |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4552 `define-fringe-bitmap', and FACE is an optional face name to be used |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4553 for displaying the bitmap instead of the default `fringe' face. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4554 When specified, FACE is automatically merged with the `fringe' face. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4555 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4556 *** New function `fringe-bitmaps-at-pos' returns the current fringe |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4557 bitmaps in the display line at a given buffer position. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4558 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4559 ** Other window fringe features: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4560 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4561 *** Controlling the default left and right fringe widths. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4562 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4563 The default left and right fringe widths for all windows of a frame |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4564 can now be controlled by setting the `left-fringe' and `right-fringe' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4565 frame parameters to an integer value specifying the width in pixels. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4566 Setting the width to 0 effectively removes the corresponding fringe. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4567 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4568 The actual default fringe widths for the frame may deviate from the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4569 specified widths, since the combined fringe widths must match an |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4570 integral number of columns. The extra width is distributed evenly |
68070 | 4571 between the left and right fringe. To force a specific fringe width, |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4572 specify the width as a negative integer (if both widths are negative, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4573 only the left fringe gets the specified width). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4574 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4575 Setting the width to nil (the default), restores the default fringe |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4576 width which is the minimum number of pixels necessary to display any |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4577 of the currently defined fringe bitmaps. The width of the built-in |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4578 fringe bitmaps is 8 pixels. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4579 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4580 *** Per-window fringe and scrollbar settings |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4581 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4582 **** Windows can now have their own individual fringe widths and |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4583 position settings. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4584 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4585 To control the fringe widths of a window, either set the buffer-local |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4586 variables `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', or call |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4587 `set-window-fringes'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4588 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4589 To control the fringe position in a window, that is, whether fringes |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4590 are positioned between the display margins and the window's text area, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4591 or at the edges of the window, either set the buffer-local variable |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4592 `fringes-outside-margins' or call `set-window-fringes'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4593 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4594 The function `window-fringes' can be used to obtain the current |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4595 settings. To make `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4596 `fringes-outside-margins' take effect, you must set them before |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4597 displaying the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4598 an update of the display margins. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4599 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4600 **** Windows can now have their own individual scroll-bar settings |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4601 controlling the width and position of scroll-bars. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4602 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4603 To control the scroll-bar of a window, either set the buffer-local |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4604 variables `scroll-bar-mode' and `scroll-bar-width', or call |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4605 `set-window-scroll-bars'. The function `window-scroll-bars' can be |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4606 used to obtain the current settings. To make `scroll-bar-mode' and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4607 `scroll-bar-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4608 the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4609 of the display margins. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4610 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4611 ** Redisplay features: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4612 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4613 *** `sit-for' can now be called with args (SECONDS &optional NODISP). |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4614 |
71778 | 4615 *** Iconifying or deiconifying a frame no longer makes sit-for return. |
4616 | |
4617 *** New function `redisplay' causes an immediate redisplay if no input is | |
4618 available, equivalent to (sit-for 0). The call (redisplay t) forces | |
4619 an immediate redisplay even if input is pending. | |
71336 | 4620 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4621 *** New function `force-window-update' can initiate a full redisplay of |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4622 one or all windows. Normally, this is not needed as changes in window |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4623 contents are detected automatically. However, certain implicit |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4624 changes to mode lines, header lines, or display properties may require |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4625 forcing an explicit window update. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4626 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4627 *** (char-displayable-p CHAR) returns non-nil if Emacs ought to be able |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4628 to display CHAR. More precisely, if the selected frame's fontset has |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4629 a font to display the character set that CHAR belongs to. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4630 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4631 Fontsets can specify a font on a per-character basis; when the fontset |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4632 does that, this value cannot be accurate. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4633 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4634 *** You can define multiple overlay arrows via the new |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4635 variable `overlay-arrow-variable-list'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4636 |
69643 | 4637 It contains a list of variables which contain overlay arrow position |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4638 markers, including the original `overlay-arrow-position' variable. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4639 |
62187 | 4640 Each variable on this list can have individual `overlay-arrow-string' |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4641 and `overlay-arrow-bitmap' properties that specify an overlay arrow |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4642 string (for non-window terminals) or fringe bitmap (for window |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4643 systems) to display at the corresponding overlay arrow position. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4644 If either property is not set, the default `overlay-arrow-string' or |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4645 'overlay-arrow-fringe-bitmap' will be used. |
55034
785f747be775
Add image slices. Add posn-at- functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54989
diff
changeset
|
4646 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4647 *** New `line-height' and `line-spacing' properties for newline characters |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4648 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4649 A newline can now have `line-height' and `line-spacing' text or overlay |
55304 | 4650 properties that control the height of the corresponding display row. |
55168
792257ac0c03
Add line-height property, change line-spacing property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55130
diff
changeset
|
4651 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4652 If the `line-height' property value is t, the newline does not |
55168
792257ac0c03
Add line-height property, change line-spacing property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55130
diff
changeset
|
4653 contribute to the height of the display row; instead the height of the |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4654 newline glyph is reduced. Also, a `line-spacing' property on this |
55363 | 4655 newline is ignored. This can be used to tile small images or image |
4656 slices without adding blank areas between the images. | |
55168
792257ac0c03
Add line-height property, change line-spacing property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55130
diff
changeset
|
4657 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4658 If the `line-height' property value is a positive integer, the value |
55168
792257ac0c03
Add line-height property, change line-spacing property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55130
diff
changeset
|
4659 specifies the minimum line height in pixels. If necessary, the line |
792257ac0c03
Add line-height property, change line-spacing property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55130
diff
changeset
|
4660 height it increased by increasing the line's ascent. |
792257ac0c03
Add line-height property, change line-spacing property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55130
diff
changeset
|
4661 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4662 If the `line-height' property value is a float, the minimum line |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4663 height is calculated by multiplying the default frame line height by |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4664 the given value. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4665 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4666 If the `line-height' property value is a cons (FACE . RATIO), the |
55245 | 4667 minimum line height is calculated as RATIO * height of named FACE. |
4668 RATIO is int or float. If FACE is t, it specifies the current face. | |
4669 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4670 If the `line-height' property value is a cons (nil . RATIO), the line |
59374
f6b869bfa0ae
Fix line-height and line-spacing docs.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59363
diff
changeset
|
4671 height is calculated as RATIO * actual height of the line's contents. |
f6b869bfa0ae
Fix line-height and line-spacing docs.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59363
diff
changeset
|
4672 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4673 If the `line-height' value is a cons (HEIGHT . TOTAL), HEIGHT specifies |
59374
f6b869bfa0ae
Fix line-height and line-spacing docs.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59363
diff
changeset
|
4674 the line height as described above, while TOTAL is any of the forms |
f6b869bfa0ae
Fix line-height and line-spacing docs.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59363
diff
changeset
|
4675 described above and specifies the total height of the line, causing a |
f6b869bfa0ae
Fix line-height and line-spacing docs.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59363
diff
changeset
|
4676 varying number of pixels to be inserted after the line to make it line |
f6b869bfa0ae
Fix line-height and line-spacing docs.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59363
diff
changeset
|
4677 exactly that many pixels high. |
f6b869bfa0ae
Fix line-height and line-spacing docs.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59363
diff
changeset
|
4678 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4679 If the `line-spacing' property value is an positive integer, the value |
55245 | 4680 is used as additional pixels to insert after the display line; this |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4681 overrides the default frame `line-spacing' and any buffer local value of |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4682 the `line-spacing' variable. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4683 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4684 If the `line-spacing' property is a float or cons, the line spacing |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4685 is calculated as specified above for the `line-height' property. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4686 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4687 *** The buffer local `line-spacing' variable can now have a float value, |
55245 | 4688 which is used as a height relative to the default frame line height. |
55034
785f747be775
Add image slices. Add posn-at- functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54989
diff
changeset
|
4689 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4690 *** Enhancements to stretch display properties |
54446
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4691 |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4692 The display property stretch specification form `(space PROPS)', where |
68070 | 4693 PROPS is a property list, now allows pixel based width and height |
54450 | 4694 specifications, as well as enhanced horizontal text alignment. |
54446
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4695 |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4696 The value of these properties can now be a (primitive) expression |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4697 which is evaluated during redisplay. The following expressions |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4698 are supported: |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4699 |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4700 EXPR ::= NUM | (NUM) | UNIT | ELEM | POS | IMAGE | FORM |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4701 NUM ::= INTEGER | FLOAT | SYMBOL |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4702 UNIT ::= in | mm | cm | width | height |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4703 ELEM ::= left-fringe | right-fringe | left-margin | right-margin |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4704 | scroll-bar | text |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4705 POS ::= left | center | right |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4706 FORM ::= (NUM . EXPR) | (OP EXPR ...) |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4707 OP ::= + | - |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4708 |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4709 The form `NUM' specifies a fractional width or height of the default |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4710 frame font size. The form `(NUM)' specifies an absolute number of |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4711 pixels. If a symbol is specified, its buffer-local variable binding |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4712 is used. The `in', `mm', and `cm' units specifies the number of |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4713 pixels per inch, milli-meter, and centi-meter, resp. The `width' and |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4714 `height' units correspond to the width and height of the current face |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4715 font. An image specification corresponds to the width or height of |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4716 the image. |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4717 |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4718 The `left-fringe', `right-fringe', `left-margin', `right-margin', |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4719 `scroll-bar', and `text' elements specify to the width of the |
54450 | 4720 corresponding area of the window. |
54446
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4721 |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4722 The `left', `center', and `right' positions can be used with :align-to |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4723 to specify a position relative to the left edge, center, or right edge |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4724 of the text area. One of the above window elements (except `text') |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4725 can also be used with :align-to to specify that the position is |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4726 relative to the left edge of the given area. Once the base offset for |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4727 a relative position has been set (by the first occurrence of one of |
69643 | 4728 these symbols), further occurrences of these symbols are interpreted as |
54446
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4729 the width of the area. |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4730 |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4731 For example, to align to the center of the left-margin, use |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4732 :align-to (+ left-margin (0.5 . left-margin)) |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4733 |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4734 If no specific base offset is set for alignment, it is always relative |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4735 to the left edge of the text area. For example, :align-to 0 in a |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4736 header line aligns with the first text column in the text area. |
54446
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4737 |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4738 The value of the form `(NUM . EXPR)' is the value of NUM multiplied by |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4739 the value of the expression EXPR. For example, (2 . in) specifies a |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4740 width of 2 inches, while (0.5 . IMAGE) specifies half the width (or |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4741 height) of the specified image. |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4742 |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4743 The form `(+ EXPR ...)' adds up the value of the expressions. |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4744 The form `(- EXPR ...)' negates or subtracts the value of the expressions. |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4745 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4746 *** Normally, the cursor is displayed at the end of any overlay and |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4747 text property string that may be present at the current window |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4748 position. The cursor can now be placed on any character of such |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4749 strings by giving that character a non-nil `cursor' text property. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4750 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4751 *** The display space :width and :align-to text properties are now |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4752 supported on text terminals. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4753 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4754 *** Support for displaying image slices |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4755 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4756 **** New display property (slice X Y WIDTH HEIGHT) can be used with |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4757 an image property to display only a specific slice of the image. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4758 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4759 **** Function `insert-image' has new optional fourth arg to |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4760 specify image slice (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4761 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4762 **** New function `insert-sliced-image' inserts a given image as a |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4763 specified number of evenly sized slices (rows x columns). |
53338
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4764 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4765 *** Images can now have an associated image map via the :map property. |
53338
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4766 |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4767 An image map is an alist where each element has the format (AREA ID PLIST). |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4768 An AREA is specified as either a rectangle, a circle, or a polygon: |
62187 | 4769 A rectangle is a cons (rect . ((X0 . Y0) . (X1 . Y1))) specifying the |
53338
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4770 pixel coordinates of the upper left and bottom right corners. |
62187 | 4771 A circle is a cons (circle . ((X0 . Y0) . R)) specifying the center |
4772 and the radius of the circle; R can be a float or integer. | |
4773 A polygon is a cons (poly . [X0 Y0 X1 Y1 ...]) where each pair in the | |
53338
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4774 vector describes one corner in the polygon. |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4775 |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4776 When the mouse pointer is above a hot-spot area of an image, the |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4777 PLIST of that hot-spot is consulted; if it contains a `help-echo' |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4778 property it defines a tool-tip for the hot-spot, and if it contains |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4779 a `pointer' property, it defines the shape of the mouse cursor when |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4780 it is over the hot-spot. See the variable `void-area-text-pointer' |
53338
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4781 for possible pointer shapes. |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4782 |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4783 When you click the mouse when the mouse pointer is over a hot-spot, |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4784 an event is composed by combining the ID of the hot-spot with the |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4785 mouse event, e.g. [area4 mouse-1] if the hot-spot's ID is `area4'. |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4786 |
65545
82ce0d75e8ed
New variable `image-load-path'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65543
diff
changeset
|
4787 *** The function `find-image' now searches in etc/images/ and etc/. |
82ce0d75e8ed
New variable `image-load-path'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65543
diff
changeset
|
4788 The new variable `image-load-path' is a list of locations in which to |
82ce0d75e8ed
New variable `image-load-path'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65543
diff
changeset
|
4789 search for image files. The default is to search in etc/images, then |
82ce0d75e8ed
New variable `image-load-path'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65543
diff
changeset
|
4790 in etc/, and finally in the directories specified by `load-path'. |
82ce0d75e8ed
New variable `image-load-path'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65543
diff
changeset
|
4791 Subdirectories of etc/ and etc/images are not recursively searched; if |
82ce0d75e8ed
New variable `image-load-path'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65543
diff
changeset
|
4792 you put an image file in a subdirectory, you have to specify it |
82ce0d75e8ed
New variable `image-load-path'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65543
diff
changeset
|
4793 explicitly; for example, if an image is put in etc/images/foo/bar.xpm: |
82ce0d75e8ed
New variable `image-load-path'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65543
diff
changeset
|
4794 |
82ce0d75e8ed
New variable `image-load-path'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65543
diff
changeset
|
4795 (defimage foo-image '((:type xpm :file "foo/bar.xpm"))) |
82ce0d75e8ed
New variable `image-load-path'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65543
diff
changeset
|
4796 |
69422
e48e1751c47d
Document `image-load-path-for-library'. Note that all images have been
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69288
diff
changeset
|
4797 Note that all images formerly located in the lisp directory have been |
e48e1751c47d
Document `image-load-path-for-library'. Note that all images have been
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69288
diff
changeset
|
4798 moved to etc/images. |
e48e1751c47d
Document `image-load-path-for-library'. Note that all images have been
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69288
diff
changeset
|
4799 |
e48e1751c47d
Document `image-load-path-for-library'. Note that all images have been
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69288
diff
changeset
|
4800 *** New function `image-load-path-for-library' returns a suitable |
e48e1751c47d
Document `image-load-path-for-library'. Note that all images have been
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69288
diff
changeset
|
4801 search path for images relative to library. This function is useful in |
e48e1751c47d
Document `image-load-path-for-library'. Note that all images have been
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69288
diff
changeset
|
4802 external packages to save users from having to update |
e48e1751c47d
Document `image-load-path-for-library'. Note that all images have been
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69288
diff
changeset
|
4803 `image-load-path'. |
e48e1751c47d
Document `image-load-path-for-library'. Note that all images have been
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69288
diff
changeset
|
4804 |
66210
c32a542fb0ad
Simplify max-image-size entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
66198
diff
changeset
|
4805 *** The new variable `max-image-size' defines the maximum size of |
c32a542fb0ad
Simplify max-image-size entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
66198
diff
changeset
|
4806 images that Emacs will load and display. |
66198
34cdb895f63b
* NEWS: New variable `max-image-size'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
66176
diff
changeset
|
4807 |
72681 | 4808 *** The new variable `display-mm-dimensions-alist' can be used to |
4809 override incorrect graphical display dimensions returned by functions | |
4810 `display-mm-height' and `display-mm-width'. | |
4811 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4812 ** Mouse pointer features: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4813 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4814 *** The mouse pointer shape in void text areas (i.e. after the end of a |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4815 line or below the last line in the buffer) of the text window is now |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4816 controlled by the new variable `void-text-area-pointer'. The default |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4817 is to use the `arrow' (non-text) pointer. Other choices are `text' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4818 (or nil), `hand', `vdrag', `hdrag', `modeline', and `hourglass'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4819 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4820 *** The mouse pointer shape over an image can now be controlled by the |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4821 :pointer image property. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4822 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4823 *** The mouse pointer shape over ordinary text or images can now be |
69643 | 4824 controlled/overridden via the `pointer' text property. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4825 |
53147
af9d80359323
Enhanced mouse events. Grep decoupled from compile.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53116
diff
changeset
|
4826 ** Mouse event enhancements: |
af9d80359323
Enhanced mouse events. Grep decoupled from compile.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53116
diff
changeset
|
4827 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4828 *** Mouse events for clicks on window fringes now specify `left-fringe' |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4829 or `right-fringe' as the area. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4830 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4831 *** All mouse events now include a buffer position regardless of where |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4832 you clicked. For mouse clicks in window margins and fringes, this is |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4833 a sensible buffer position corresponding to the surrounding text. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4834 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4835 *** `posn-point' now returns buffer position for non-text area events. |
53522 | 4836 |
4837 *** Function `mouse-set-point' now works for events outside text area. | |
4838 | |
53222 | 4839 *** New function `posn-area' returns window area clicked on (nil means |
53147
af9d80359323
Enhanced mouse events. Grep decoupled from compile.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53116
diff
changeset
|
4840 text area). |
af9d80359323
Enhanced mouse events. Grep decoupled from compile.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53116
diff
changeset
|
4841 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4842 *** Mouse events include actual glyph column and row for all event types |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4843 and all areas. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4844 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4845 *** New function `posn-actual-col-row' returns the actual glyph coordinates |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4846 of the mouse event position. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4847 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4848 *** Mouse events can now indicate an image object clicked on. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4849 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4850 *** Mouse events include relative X and Y pixel coordinates relative to |
53216
4f30a35fdb55
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
53200
diff
changeset
|
4851 the top left corner of the object (image or character) clicked on. |
53184
1ce6314af22e
posn-object and posn-object-x-y.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53147
diff
changeset
|
4852 |
53522 | 4853 *** Mouse events include the pixel width and height of the object |
4854 (image or character) clicked on. | |
4855 | |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4856 *** New functions 'posn-object', 'posn-object-x-y', 'posn-object-width-height'. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4857 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4858 These return the image or string object of a mouse click, the X and Y |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4859 pixel coordinates relative to the top left corner of that object, and |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4860 the total width and height of that object. |
53184
1ce6314af22e
posn-object and posn-object-x-y.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53147
diff
changeset
|
4861 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4862 ** Text property and overlay changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4863 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4864 *** Arguments for `remove-overlays' are now optional, so that you can |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4865 remove all overlays in the buffer with just (remove-overlays). |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4866 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4867 *** New variable `char-property-alias-alist'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4868 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4869 This variable allows you to create alternative names for text |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4870 properties. It works at the same level as `default-text-properties', |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4871 although it applies to overlays as well. This variable was introduced |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4872 to implement the `font-lock-face' property. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4873 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4874 *** New function `get-char-property-and-overlay' accepts the same |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4875 arguments as `get-char-property' and returns a cons whose car is the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4876 return value of `get-char-property' called with those arguments and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4877 whose cdr is the overlay in which the property was found, or nil if |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4878 it was found as a text property or not found at all. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4879 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4880 *** The new function `remove-list-of-text-properties'. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4881 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4882 It is like `remove-text-properties' except that it takes a list of |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4883 property names as argument rather than a property list. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4884 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4885 ** Face changes |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4886 |
71570
b2635dbb4aaf
facemenu-unlisted-faces deleted, new variable facemenu-listed-faces
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71483
diff
changeset
|
4887 *** The variable `facemenu-unlisted-faces' has been removed. |
b2635dbb4aaf
facemenu-unlisted-faces deleted, new variable facemenu-listed-faces
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71483
diff
changeset
|
4888 Emacs has a lot more faces than in the past, and nearly all of them |
b2635dbb4aaf
facemenu-unlisted-faces deleted, new variable facemenu-listed-faces
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71483
diff
changeset
|
4889 needed to be excluded. The new variable `facemenu-listed-faces' lists |
b2635dbb4aaf
facemenu-unlisted-faces deleted, new variable facemenu-listed-faces
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71483
diff
changeset
|
4890 the faces to include in the face menu. |
b2635dbb4aaf
facemenu-unlisted-faces deleted, new variable facemenu-listed-faces
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71483
diff
changeset
|
4891 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4892 *** The new face attribute condition `min-colors' can be used to tailor |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4893 the face color to the number of colors supported by a display, and |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4894 define the foreground and background colors accordingly so that they |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4895 look best on a terminal that supports at least this many colors. This |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4896 is now the preferred method for defining default faces in a way that |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4897 makes a good use of the capabilities of the display. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4898 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4899 *** New function `display-supports-face-attributes-p' can be used to test |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4900 whether a given set of face attributes is actually displayable. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4901 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4902 A new predicate `supports' has also been added to the `defface' face |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4903 specification language, which can be used to do this test for faces |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4904 defined with `defface'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4905 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4906 *** The special treatment of faces whose names are of the form `fg:COLOR' |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4907 or `bg:COLOR' has been removed. Lisp programs should use the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4908 `defface' facility for defining faces with specific colors, or use |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4909 the feature of specifying the face attributes :foreground and :background |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4910 directly in the `face' property instead of using a named face. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4911 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4912 *** The first face specification element in a defface can specify |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4913 `default' instead of frame classification. Then its attributes act as |
62187 | 4914 defaults that apply to all the subsequent cases (and can be overridden |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4915 by them). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4916 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4917 *** The variable `face-font-rescale-alist' specifies how much larger |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4918 (or smaller) font we should use. For instance, if the value is |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4919 '((SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN . 1.3)) and a face requests a font of 10 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4920 point, we actually use a font of 13 point if the font matches |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4921 SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4922 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4923 *** The function `face-differs-from-default-p' now truly checks |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4924 whether the given face displays differently from the default face or |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4925 not (previously it did only a very cursory check). |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4926 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4927 *** `face-attribute', `face-foreground', `face-background', `face-stipple'. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4928 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4929 These now accept a new optional argument, INHERIT, which controls how |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4930 face inheritance is used when determining the value of a face |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4931 attribute. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4932 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4933 *** New functions `face-attribute-relative-p' and `merge-face-attribute' |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4934 help with handling relative face attributes. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4935 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4936 *** The priority of faces in an :inherit attribute face list is reversed. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4937 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4938 If a face contains an :inherit attribute with a list of faces, earlier |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4939 faces in the list override later faces in the list; in previous |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4940 releases of Emacs, the order was the opposite. This change was made |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4941 so that :inherit face lists operate identically to face lists in text |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4942 `face' properties. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4943 |
65078 | 4944 *** On terminals, faces with the :inverse-video attribute are displayed |
4945 with swapped foreground and background colors even when one of them is | |
4946 not specified. In previous releases of Emacs, if either foreground | |
4947 or background color was unspecified, colors were not swapped. This | |
4948 was inconsistent with the face behavior under X. | |
4949 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4950 *** `set-fontset-font', `fontset-info', `fontset-font' now operate on |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4951 the default fontset if the argument NAME is nil.. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4952 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4953 ** Font-Lock changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4954 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4955 *** New special text property `font-lock-face'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4956 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4957 This property acts like the `face' property, but it is controlled by |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4958 M-x font-lock-mode. It is not, strictly speaking, a builtin text |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4959 property. Instead, it is implemented inside font-core.el, using the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4960 new variable `char-property-alias-alist'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4961 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4962 *** font-lock can manage arbitrary text-properties beside `face'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4963 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4964 **** the FACENAME returned in `font-lock-keywords' can be a list of the |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4965 form (face FACE PROP1 VAL1 PROP2 VAL2 ...) so you can set other |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4966 properties than `face'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4967 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4968 **** `font-lock-extra-managed-props' can be set to make sure those |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4969 extra properties are automatically cleaned up by font-lock. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4970 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4971 *** jit-lock obeys a new text-property `jit-lock-defer-multiline'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4972 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4973 If a piece of text with that property gets contextually refontified |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4974 (see `jit-lock-defer-contextually'), then all of that text will |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4975 be refontified. This is useful when the syntax of a textual element |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4976 depends on text several lines further down (and when `font-lock-multiline' |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4977 is not appropriate to solve that problem). For example in Perl: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4978 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4979 s{ |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4980 foo |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4981 }{ |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4982 bar |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4983 }e |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4984 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4985 Adding/removing the last `e' changes the `bar' from being a piece of |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4986 text to being a piece of code, so you'd put a `jit-lock-defer-multiline' |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4987 property over the second half of the command to force (deferred) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4988 refontification of `bar' whenever the `e' is added/removed. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4989 |
72251
0933613f837b
(font-lock-beg, font-lock-end, font-lock-extend-region-functions): New vars.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
72221
diff
changeset
|
4990 *** `font-lock-extend-region-functions' makes it possible to alter the way |
0933613f837b
(font-lock-beg, font-lock-end, font-lock-extend-region-functions): New vars.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
72221
diff
changeset
|
4991 the fontification region is chosen. This can be used to prevent rounding |
0933613f837b
(font-lock-beg, font-lock-end, font-lock-extend-region-functions): New vars.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
72221
diff
changeset
|
4992 up to whole lines, or to extend the region to include all related lines |
0933613f837b
(font-lock-beg, font-lock-end, font-lock-extend-region-functions): New vars.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
72221
diff
changeset
|
4993 of multiline constructs so that such constructs get properly recognized. |
0933613f837b
(font-lock-beg, font-lock-end, font-lock-extend-region-functions): New vars.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
72221
diff
changeset
|
4994 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4995 ** Major mode mechanism changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4996 |
75006 | 4997 *** If new variable `auto-mode-case-fold' is set to a non-nil value, |
4998 Emacs will perform a second case-insensitive search through | |
77456 | 4999 `auto-mode-alist' if the first case-sensitive search fails. This |
5000 means that a file FILE.TXT is opened in text-mode, and a file | |
5001 PROG.HTML is opened in html-mode. Note however, that independent of | |
5002 this setting, *.C files are usually recognized as C++ files. It also | |
5003 has no effect on systems with case-insensitive file names. | |
75006 | 5004 |
74742 | 5005 *** New variable `magic-mode-alist' determines major mode for a file by |
74743 | 5006 looking at the file contents. It takes precedence over `auto-mode-alist'. |
74742 | 5007 |
5008 *** An interpreter magic line (if present) takes precedence over the | |
5009 file name when setting the major mode. | |
5010 | |
5011 *** XML or SGML major mode is selected when file starts with an `<?xml' | |
5012 or `<!DOCTYPE' declaration. | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5013 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5014 *** Use the new function `run-mode-hooks' to run the major mode's mode hook. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5015 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5016 *** All major mode functions should now run the new normal hook |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5017 `after-change-major-mode-hook', at their very end, after the mode |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5018 hooks. `run-mode-hooks' does this automatically. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5019 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5020 *** If a major mode function has a non-nil `no-clone-indirect' |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5021 property, `clone-indirect-buffer' signals an error if you use |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5022 it in that buffer. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5023 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5024 *** Major modes can define `eldoc-documentation-function' |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5025 locally to provide Eldoc functionality by some method appropriate to |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5026 the language. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5027 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5028 *** `define-derived-mode' by default creates a new empty abbrev table. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5029 It does not copy abbrevs from the parent mode's abbrev table. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5030 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5031 *** The new function `run-mode-hooks' and the new macro `delay-mode-hooks' |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5032 are used by `define-derived-mode' to make sure the mode hook for the |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5033 parent mode is run at the end of the child mode. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5034 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5035 ** Minor mode changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5036 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5037 *** `define-minor-mode' now accepts arbitrary additional keyword arguments |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5038 and simply passes them to `defcustom', if applicable. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5039 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5040 *** `minor-mode-list' now holds a list of minor mode commands. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5041 |
77347
0ccaaefc78e7
define-global-minor-mode -> define-globalized-minor-mode
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77325
diff
changeset
|
5042 *** `define-globalized-minor-mode'. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5043 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5044 This is a new name for what was formerly called |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5045 `easy-mmode-define-global-mode'. The old name remains as an alias. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5046 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5047 ** Command loop changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5048 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5049 *** The new function `called-interactively-p' does what many people |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5050 have mistakenly believed `interactive-p' to do: it returns t if the |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5051 calling function was called through `call-interactively'. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5052 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5053 Only use this when you cannot solve the problem by adding a new |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5054 INTERACTIVE argument to the command. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5055 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5056 *** The function `commandp' takes an additional optional argument. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5057 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5058 If it is non-nil, then `commandp' checks for a function that could be |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5059 called with `call-interactively', and does not return t for keyboard |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5060 macros. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5061 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5062 *** When a command returns, the command loop moves point out from |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5063 within invisible text, in the same way it moves out from within text |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5064 covered by an image or composition property. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5065 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5066 This makes it generally unnecessary to mark invisible text as intangible. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5067 This is particularly good because the intangible property often has |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5068 unexpected side-effects since the property applies to everything |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5069 (including `goto-char', ...) whereas this new code is only run after |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5070 `post-command-hook' and thus does not care about intermediate states. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5071 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5072 *** If a command sets `transient-mark-mode' to `only', that |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5073 enables Transient Mark mode for the following command only. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5074 During that following command, the value of `transient-mark-mode' |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5075 is `identity'. If it is still `identity' at the end of the command, |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5076 the next return to the command loop changes to nil. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5077 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5078 *** Both the variable and the function `disabled-command-hook' have |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5079 been renamed to `disabled-command-function'. The variable |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5080 `disabled-command-hook' has been kept as an obsolete alias. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5081 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5082 *** `emacsserver' now runs `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook' |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5083 when it receives a request from emacsclient. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5084 |
72452
bcc1f5792592
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
72369
diff
changeset
|
5085 *** `current-idle-time' reports how long Emacs has been idle. |
bcc1f5792592
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
72369
diff
changeset
|
5086 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5087 ** Lisp file loading changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5088 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5089 *** `load-history' can now have elements of the form (t . FUNNAME), |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5090 which means FUNNAME was previously defined as an autoload (before the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5091 current file redefined it). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5092 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5093 *** `load-history' now records (defun . FUNNAME) when a function is |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5094 defined. For a variable, it records just the variable name. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5095 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5096 *** The function `symbol-file' can now search specifically for function, |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5097 variable or face definitions. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5098 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5099 *** `provide' and `featurep' now accept an optional second argument |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5100 to test/provide subfeatures. Also `provide' now checks `after-load-alist' |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5101 and runs any code associated with the provided feature. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5102 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5103 *** The variable `recursive-load-depth-limit' has been deleted. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5104 Emacs now signals an error if the same file is loaded with more |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5105 than 3 levels of nesting. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5106 |
48849 | 5107 ** Byte compiler changes: |
5108 | |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5109 *** The byte compiler now displays the actual line and character |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5110 position of errors, where possible. Additionally, the form of its |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5111 warning and error messages have been brought into line with GNU standards |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5112 for these. As a result, you can use next-error and friends on the |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5113 compilation output buffer. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5114 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5115 *** The new macro `with-no-warnings' suppresses all compiler warnings |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5116 inside its body. In terms of execution, it is equivalent to `progn'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5117 |
48849 | 5118 *** You can avoid warnings for possibly-undefined symbols with a |
5119 simple convention that the compiler understands. (This is mostly | |
5120 useful in code meant to be portable to different Emacs versions.) | |
5121 Write forms like the following, or code that macroexpands into such | |
5122 forms: | |
5123 | |
5124 (if (fboundp 'foo) <then> <else>) | |
5125 (if (boundp 'foo) <then> <else) | |
5126 | |
5127 In the first case, using `foo' as a function inside the <then> form | |
5128 won't produce a warning if it's not defined as a function, and in the | |
5129 second case, using `foo' as a variable won't produce a warning if it's | |
5130 unbound. The test must be in exactly one of the above forms (after | |
62187 | 5131 macro expansion), but such tests can be nested. Note that `when' and |
48849 | 5132 `unless' expand to `if', but `cond' doesn't. |
49549
99be3a1e2589
Cygwin support patch.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49530
diff
changeset
|
5133 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5134 *** `(featurep 'xemacs)' is treated by the compiler as nil. This |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5135 helps to avoid noisy compiler warnings in code meant to run under both |
62187 | 5136 Emacs and XEmacs and can sometimes make the result significantly more |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5137 efficient. Since byte code from recent versions of XEmacs won't |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5138 generally run in Emacs and vice versa, this optimization doesn't lose |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5139 you anything. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5140 |
62325
13d3be64499c
Write "Lisp" properly. Other cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62324
diff
changeset
|
5141 *** The local variable `no-byte-compile' in Lisp files is now obeyed. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5142 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5143 *** When a Lisp file uses CL functions at run-time, compiling the file |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5144 now issues warnings about these calls, unless the file performs |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5145 (require 'cl) when loaded. |
48027
ad86b7acaeec
Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents:
48021
diff
changeset
|
5146 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5147 ** Frame operations: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5148 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5149 *** New functions `frame-current-scroll-bars' and `window-current-scroll-bars'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5150 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5151 These functions return the current locations of the vertical and |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5152 horizontal scroll bars in a frame or window. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5153 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5154 *** The new function `modify-all-frames-parameters' modifies parameters |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5155 for all (existing and future) frames. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5156 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5157 *** The new frame parameter `tty-color-mode' specifies the mode to use |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5158 for color support on character terminal frames. Its value can be a |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5159 number of colors to support, or a symbol. See the Emacs Lisp |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5160 Reference manual for more detailed documentation. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5161 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5162 *** When using non-toolkit scroll bars with the default width, |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5163 the `scroll-bar-width' frame parameter value is nil. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5164 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5165 ** Mule changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5166 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5167 *** Already true in Emacs 21.1, but not emphasized clearly enough: |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5168 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5169 Multibyte buffers can now faithfully record all 256 character codes |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5170 from 0 to 255. As a result, most of the past reasons to use unibyte |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5171 buffers no longer exist. We only know of three reasons to use them |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5172 now: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5173 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5174 1. If you prefer to use unibyte text all of the time. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5175 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5176 2. For reading files into temporary buffers, when you want to avoid |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5177 the time it takes to convert the format. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5178 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5179 3. For binary files where format conversion would be pointless and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5180 wasteful. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5181 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5182 *** `set-buffer-file-coding-system' now takes an additional argument, |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5183 NOMODIFY. If it is non-nil, it means don't mark the buffer modified. |
45993
b974df2c611f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
5184 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5185 *** The new variable `auto-coding-functions' lets you specify functions |
46214
e89fee6c4aea
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
46201
diff
changeset
|
5186 to examine a file being visited and deduce the proper coding system |
e89fee6c4aea
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
46201
diff
changeset
|
5187 for it. (If the coding system is detected incorrectly for a specific |
e89fee6c4aea
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
46201
diff
changeset
|
5188 file, you can put a `coding:' tags to override it.) |
e89fee6c4aea
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
46201
diff
changeset
|
5189 |
76945
f7f5c44ea73c
Add ascii-case-table and with-case-table.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76682
diff
changeset
|
5190 *** The new variable `ascii-case-table' stores the case table for the |
f7f5c44ea73c
Add ascii-case-table and with-case-table.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76682
diff
changeset
|
5191 ascii character set. Language environments (such as Turkish) may |
f7f5c44ea73c
Add ascii-case-table and with-case-table.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76682
diff
changeset
|
5192 alter the case correspondences of ASCII characters. This variable |
f7f5c44ea73c
Add ascii-case-table and with-case-table.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76682
diff
changeset
|
5193 saves the original ASCII case table before any such changes. |
f7f5c44ea73c
Add ascii-case-table and with-case-table.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76682
diff
changeset
|
5194 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5195 *** The new function `merge-coding-systems' fills in unspecified aspects |
46787
6f3953a83c05
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
46775
diff
changeset
|
5196 of one coding system from another coding system. |
6f3953a83c05
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
46775
diff
changeset
|
5197 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5198 *** New coding system property `mime-text-unsuitable' indicates that |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5199 the coding system's `mime-charset' is not suitable for MIME text |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5200 parts, e.g. utf-16. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5201 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5202 *** New function `decode-coding-inserted-region' decodes a region as if |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5203 it is read from a file without decoding. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5204 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5205 *** New CCL functions `lookup-character' and `lookup-integer' access |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5206 hash tables defined by the Lisp function `define-translation-hash-table'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5207 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5208 *** New function `quail-find-key' returns a list of keys to type in the |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5209 current input method to input a character. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5210 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5211 ** Mode line changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5212 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5213 *** New function `format-mode-line'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5214 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5215 This returns the mode line or header line of the selected (or a |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5216 specified) window as a string with or without text properties. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5217 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5218 *** The new mode-line construct `(:propertize ELT PROPS...)' can be |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5219 used to add text properties to mode-line elements. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5220 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5221 *** The new `%i' and `%I' constructs for `mode-line-format' can be used |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5222 to display the size of the accessible part of the buffer on the mode |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5223 line. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5224 |
62685 | 5225 *** Mouse-face on mode-line (and header-line) is now supported. |
62683
caf3db99145f
Write about mouse-face on mode-line and header-line.
Masatake YAMATO <jet@gyve.org>
parents:
62680
diff
changeset
|
5226 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5227 ** Menu manipulation changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5228 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5229 *** To manipulate the File menu using easy-menu, you must specify the |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5230 proper name "file". In previous Emacs versions, you had to specify |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5231 "files", even though the menu item itself was changed to say "File" |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5232 several versions ago. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5233 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5234 *** The dummy function keys made by easy-menu are now always lower case. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5235 If you specify the menu item name "Ada", for instance, it uses `ada' |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5236 as the "key" bound by that key binding. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5237 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5238 This is relevant only if Lisp code looks for the bindings that were |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5239 made with easy-menu. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5240 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5241 *** `easy-menu-define' now allows you to use nil for the symbol name |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5242 if you don't need to give the menu a name. If you install the menu |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5243 into other keymaps right away (MAPS is non-nil), it usually doesn't |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5244 need to have a name. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5245 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5246 ** Operating system access: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5247 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5248 *** The new primitive `get-internal-run-time' returns the processor |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5249 run time used by Emacs since start-up. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5250 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5251 *** Functions `user-uid' and `user-real-uid' now return floats if the |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5252 user UID doesn't fit in a Lisp integer. Function `user-full-name' |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5253 accepts a float as UID parameter. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5254 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5255 *** New function `locale-info' accesses locale information. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5256 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5257 *** On MS Windows, locale-coding-system is used to interact with the OS. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5258 The Windows specific variable w32-system-coding-system, which was |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5259 formerly used for that purpose is now an alias for locale-coding-system. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5260 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5261 *** New function `redirect-debugging-output' can be used to redirect |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5262 debugging output on the stderr file handle to a file. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5263 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5264 ** Miscellaneous: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5265 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5266 *** A number of hooks have been renamed to better follow the conventions: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5267 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5268 `find-file-hooks' to `find-file-hook', |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5269 `find-file-not-found-hooks' to `find-file-not-found-functions', |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5270 `write-file-hooks' to `write-file-functions', |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5271 `write-contents-hooks' to `write-contents-functions', |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5272 `x-lost-selection-hooks' to `x-lost-selection-functions', |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5273 `x-sent-selection-hooks' to `x-sent-selection-functions', |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5274 `delete-frame-hook' to `delete-frame-functions'. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5275 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5276 In each case the old name remains as an alias for the moment. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5277 |
68070 | 5278 *** Variable `local-write-file-hooks' is marked obsolete. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5279 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5280 Use the LOCAL arg of `add-hook'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5281 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5282 *** New function `x-send-client-message' sends a client message when |
52822
749e8f353e55
Added x-send-client-message.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52665
diff
changeset
|
5283 running under X. |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5284 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5285 ** GC changes: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5286 |
64581
87f087128cf2
Add gc-cons-percentage.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
64449
diff
changeset
|
5287 *** New variable `gc-cons-percentage' automatically grows the GC cons threshold |
64595 | 5288 as the heap size increases. |
5289 | |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5290 *** New variables `gc-elapsed' and `gcs-done' provide extra information |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5291 on garbage collection. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5292 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5293 *** The normal hook `post-gc-hook' is run at the end of garbage collection. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5294 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5295 The hook is run with GC inhibited, so use it with care. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5296 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5297 * New Packages for Lisp Programming in Emacs 22.1 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5298 |
62353 | 5299 ** The new library button.el implements simple and fast `clickable |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
5300 buttons' in Emacs buffers. Buttons are much lighter-weight than the |
62353 | 5301 `widgets' implemented by widget.el, and can be used by lisp code that |
5302 doesn't require the full power of widgets. Emacs uses buttons for | |
5303 such things as help and apropos buffers. | |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5304 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5305 ** The new library tree-widget.el provides a widget to display a set |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5306 of hierarchical data as an outline. For example, the tree-widget is |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5307 well suited to display a hierarchy of directories and files. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5308 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5309 ** The new library bindat.el provides functions to unpack and pack |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5310 binary data structures, such as network packets, to and from Lisp |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5311 data structures. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5312 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5313 ** master-mode.el implements a minor mode for scrolling a slave |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5314 buffer without leaving your current buffer, the master buffer. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5315 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5316 It can be used by sql.el, for example: the SQL buffer is the master |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5317 and its SQLi buffer is the slave. This allows you to scroll the SQLi |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5318 buffer containing the output from the SQL buffer containing the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5319 commands. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5320 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5321 This is how to use sql.el and master.el together: the variable |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5322 sql-buffer contains the slave buffer. It is a local variable in the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5323 SQL buffer. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5324 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5325 (add-hook 'sql-mode-hook |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5326 (function (lambda () |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5327 (master-mode t) |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5328 (master-set-slave sql-buffer)))) |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5329 (add-hook 'sql-set-sqli-hook |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5330 (function (lambda () |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5331 (master-set-slave sql-buffer)))) |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5332 |
62353 | 5333 ** The new library benchmark.el does timing measurements on Lisp code. |
5334 | |
5335 This includes measuring garbage collection time. | |
5336 | |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5337 ** The new library testcover.el does test coverage checking. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5338 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5339 This is so you can tell whether you've tested all paths in your Lisp |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5340 code. It works with edebug. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5341 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5342 The function `testcover-start' instruments all functions in a given |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5343 file. Then test your code. The function `testcover-mark-all' adds |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5344 overlay "splotches" to the Lisp file's buffer to show where coverage |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5345 is lacking. The command `testcover-next-mark' (bind it to a key!) |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5346 will move point forward to the next spot that has a splotch. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5347 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5348 Normally, a red splotch indicates the form was never completely |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5349 evaluated; a brown splotch means it always evaluated to the same |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5350 value. The red splotches are skipped for forms that can't possibly |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5351 complete their evaluation, such as `error'. The brown splotches are |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5352 skipped for forms that are expected to always evaluate to the same |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5353 value, such as (setq x 14). |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5354 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5355 For difficult cases, you can add do-nothing macros to your code to |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5356 help out the test coverage tool. The macro `noreturn' suppresses a |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5357 red splotch. It is an error if the argument to `noreturn' does |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5358 return. The macro `1value' suppresses a brown splotch for its argument. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5359 This macro is a no-op except during test-coverage -- then it signals |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5360 an error if the argument actually returns differing values. |
30786 | 5361 |
30922 | 5362 |
35577
db5649648a65
Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
35567
diff
changeset
|
5363 |
25853 | 5364 ---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
75774
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5365 This file is part of GNU Emacs. |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5366 |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5367 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5368 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5369 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5370 any later version. |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5371 |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5372 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5373 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5374 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5375 GNU General Public License for more details. |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5376 |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5377 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5378 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5379 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5380 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5381 |
35577
db5649648a65
Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
35567
diff
changeset
|
5382 |
25853 | 5383 Local variables: |
5384 mode: outline | |
5385 paragraph-separate: "[ ]*$" | |
5386 end: | |
52401 | 5387 |
5388 arch-tag: 1aca9dfa-2ac4-4d14-bebf-0007cee12793 |